UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES I INC
S-3/A, 1999-05-03
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: PHYSIOMETRIX INC, DEFA14A, 1999-05-03
Next: WIZTEC SOLUTIONS LTD, SC 13G, 1999-05-03




   
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 3, 1999
                                              Registration No. 333-75693
    


                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                              --------------------

                        PRE-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              --------------------

                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
      --------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                 86-0817755
         Nevada                                              (I.R.S. Employer
     (State or other                                       Identification No.)
     jurisdiction of
     incorporation or
      organization)


   1801 California Street, Suite 3920, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 292-0995
              (Address, including ZIP code, and telephone number,
        including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)


                         Ronald W. Page, Vice President
                        Union Financial Services-1, Inc.
   1801 California Street, Suite 3920, Denver, Colorado 80202, (303) 292-0995
           (Name, address, including ZIP code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                              --------------------

                                   Copies To:

                             Thomas H. Duncan, Esq.
                             Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP
                             1225 Seventeenth Street, Suite 2300
                             Denver, Colorado  80202
                             (303) 292-2400

Approximate  date of commencement  of proposed sale to the public:  From time to
time after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If the only securities  being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant
to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. [ ]

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities  Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box. [x]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the
Securities  Act  registration   statement   number  of  the  earlier   effective
registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering.  [ ]
<PAGE>

If delivery  of this  prospectus  is  expected to be made  pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------ -------------------- ===============
                                                                                 Amount of
 Title of each class of  Amount to be   Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum   registration
    securities to be     registered(1) offering price per   aggregate offering     fee(3)
       registered                            unit(2)             price(2)
- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------ -------------------- ===============

<S>                       <C>                 <C>               <C>              <C>       
         Notes            $1,000,000          100%              $1,000,000       $278.00(4)
- ----------------------- -------------- ------------------ -------------------- ===============
</TABLE>


(1) The amount of securities being registered  represents the maximum  aggregate
    principal amount of securities currently expected to be offered for sale.
(2) Estimated  solely  for the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
(3) Registration fee is calculated on the basis of $278 per million offered.
   
(4) Previously Paid.
    


     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.


                                       2
<PAGE>
   
The information  contained herein is not complete and may be changed. We may not
sell these securities until the Registration Statement filed with the Securities
and Exchange  Commission  becomes  effective.  This  Prospectus  Supplement  and
Prospectus is not an offer to sell or the  solicitation  of an offer to by these
securities in any state in which such offer is not permitted.
    



                SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, Dated __________ __, ____


PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated __________ __, ____)

                                  $-----------
                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.
                         STUDENT LOAN ASSET-BACKED NOTES
                                  SERIES ____-_

        We are offering  $___________  aggregate principal amount of our Student
Loan Asset-Backed  Notes, Series ____. The Series ____ Notes will consist of the
following _____ classes:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Original                                                     Proceeds
                        Principal   Interest Final Legal    Price to    Underwriting     to
                          Amount     Rate      Maturity      Public      Discount      Issuer
                        ---------   --------  ----------    --------    ------------  --------
<S>                         <C>       <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>         <C>
Senior Class Notes,
[Fixed][Auction][Index] $                                                               $
Rate

Senior Class Notes,
[Fixed] [Auction]       $                                                               $
[Index] Rate 

Subordinate Class
Notes, [Fixed]          $                                                               $
[Auction][Index] Rate

Subordinate Class
Notes, [Fixed]          $                                                               $
[Auction] [Index] Rate

Junior Subordinate
Class Notes, [Fixed]    $                                                               $
[Auction] [Index] Rate

   
Junior Subordinate
Class Notes,[Fixed] 
[Auction] [Index]       $                                                               $
 Rate 
Total                   ----------  --------- -----------  ------------  -----------     ----------
</TABLE>
    

       

Neither  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  nor  any  state  securities
commission  has  approved or  disapproved  these  securities  or passed upon the
accuracy  or  adequacy  of  this  prospectus   supplement  or  the  accompanying
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

       



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     The Series _____ Notes are obligations of Union Financial Services-1,  Inc.
payable  solely from the  collateral  described  herein.  [The Series  Notes are
insured as to timely payments of principal of an interest on by [Note Insurer]].
The Series _____ Notes are not insured or guaranteed by any government agency or
instrumentality,  or by any  affiliate of Union  Financial  Services-1,  [by any
insurance company] or by any other person or entity. This Prospectus  Supplement
may be used to offer and sell the Series _____ Notes only if  accompanied by the
Prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        You should consider carefully the "Risk Factors" beginning on page __ of
this Prospectus Supplement and on page __ of the Prospectus.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            PaineWebber Incorporated

           The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, ___ .

                                       3
<PAGE>


                            [inside front cover page]

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                                                          Page

   
SUMMARY....................................................................S-3
RISK FACTORS...............................................................S-9
THE SELLERS................................................................S-10
[PREVIOUSLY ISSUED NOTES...................................................S-11
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT.........................................................S-12
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................S-14
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE FINANCED STUDENT LOANS..............................S-15
INFORMATION RELATING TO THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES.............................S-21
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES.........................................S-22
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.......................................................S-23
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................S-24


                                   PROSPECTUS

Prospectus Supplement.........................................................i
Available Information.........................................................i
Reports to Noteholders......................................................  i
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference............................. ii
Special Note Regarding Forward Looking Statements............................ii
Summary of the Offering..................................................... iv
Risk Factors..................................................................1
Description of the Notes..................................................... 7
Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes............................... 15
Book-entry Registration..................................................... 19
Additional Notes...........................................................  23
Summary of Certain Provisions of the Indenture.............................. 23
Description of Credit Enhancement........................................... 35
The Company................................................................. 38
The Company's Student Loan Program.......................................... 39
Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program.................... 42
Guarantee Agencies.........................................................  52
Federal Income Tax Consequences............................................  57
ERISA Considerations.......................................................  60
Certain Relationships among Financing Participants.........................  62
Plan of Distribution.......................................................  62
Legal Matters..............................................................  63
Financial Information......................................................  63
Ratings....................................................................  63
Index to and Glossary of Certain Terms.....................................  64

Appendix I-Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures....I-1
                           [end of inside front cover]
    
                                      S-1
<PAGE>

               Important Notice About Information Presented in the
              Prospectus Supplement and the Accompanying Prospectus


        We  provide  information  to you about  the  Series  _____  Notes in two
separate documents that  progressively  provide more detail: (a) this Prospectus
Supplement,  which  describes the specific terms of the Series _____ Notes,  and
(b) the accompanying  Prospectus,  which provides general  information,  some of
which may not apply to the Series  _____  Notes.  You are urged to read both the
Prospectus  and  this  Prospectus  Supplement  in  full  to  obtain  information
concerning  the Series ____ Notes.  You may not  purchase  the Series ____ Notes
unless you have received both the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement.

        If  there is a  conflict  between  this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
accompanying  Prospectus,  you should rely on the information in this Prospectus
Supplement.

        Cross-references  are  included in this  Prospectus  Supplement  and the
accompanying  Prospectus to captions in the materials where you can find further
discussions  about related  topics.  The table of contents on the preceding page
provides the pages on which these captions are located.

        You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms used in this
Prospectus  Supplement  and the  accompanying  Prospectus  are defined under the
caption  "Index to and Glossary of Defined  Terms"  beginning on page ___ in the
accompanying Prospectus.  Any capitalized terms that are used but not defined in
this Prospectus Supplement have the meanings assigned in the Prospectus.

                                      S-2
<PAGE>


                                     SUMMARY

        The  following  summary is a very  general  overview of the terms of the
Series _____ Notes and does not contain all of the information  that you need to
consider in making your  investment  decision.  Before  deciding to purchase the
Series _____ Notes, you should consider the more detailed information  appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus  Supplement and in the Prospectus.  This Prospectus
Supplement   contains   forward-looking   statements   that  involve  risks  and
uncertainties.  See "Special Note Regarding Forward Looking  Information" in the
Prospectus.

Securities Offered

        The Student Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes,  Series _____,  have an aggregate
stated principal balance of $_____ and consist of the following classes:

   

          .             $  Senior Class ____ A-__
                           Notes, [Fixed] [Auction]
                           [Index] Rate [Certificate]
                           Notes;

         [.             $  Senior Class ____ A-__
                           Notes, [Fixed]  [Auction]
                           [Index] Rate ;][Certificate]
                           Notes;]

          .             $  Subordinate Class ____
                           B-__ Notes [Fixed]
                           [Auction]
                           [Index] Rate ;[Certificate]
                           Notes;

         [.             $  Subordinate Class ____
                           B-__ Notes [Fixed]
                           [Auction]
                           [Index] Rate ;][Certificate]
                           Notes;]

         [.              $  Junior Subordinate
                           Class ____ C-__ Notes
                           [Fixed] [Auction] [Index]
                           Rate ;][Certificate] Notes;]

         [.              $  Junior Subordinate
                           Class ____ C-__ Notes,
                           [Fixed] [Auction] [Index]
                           Rate.] [Certificate] Notes.]

Designations

         .      The Class ____A-_ Notes and
                the Class ____A-_ Notes are
                referred to collectively herein as
                the "Class ____  A Notes."

        [.      The Class ____ [A-] [B-]
               [C-]Notes are referred to
               collectively  herein as the
               "Fixed Rate Notes."] 

        [.     The Class  ____A-__  Notes, 
               Class  ____B-__ Notes and Class
               ____C-_ Notes are referred to
               collectively herein as the "ARC Notes."]

        [.     The Class ____A-__ Notes, 
               Class ____B-_ Notes, and 
               Class ___C-__ Notes are 
               referred  to  collectively
               herein as the "Index  Rate
               Notes."]

     Issue Date

        -------------   --, -----.

Denominations

        We will issue the Class __ [Fixed] [Auction] [Index] Rate  [Certificate]
Notes in  minimum  denominations  of  [$__________]  [or any  integral  multiple
thereof] [ and in  $__________  increments  above such amount] [and the Class __
[Fixed]  [Auction]  [Index] Rate  [Certificate]  Notes will be issued in minimum
denominations  of  [$__________]  [or any  integral  multiple  thereof]  [and in
$__________ increments above such amount].

Interest Rates

        [Fixed Rate Notes]

        [The  Fixed Rate Notes will bear  interest  at the  following  rates per
annum:

               Class ______         %
               Class ______         %]

        [ARC Notes]

        [The ARC Notes will bear interest as set forth below:]

        [Class _______ ARC Notes
         Auction  Period - for periods
         beginning  _______ __, ____, 
         initially,  __ days.
    

                                      S-3
<PAGE>

   
        "Initial Auction Date " _______ __, ____.
        "Initial Rate" Initial Rate - ____%.
        "Initial Rate Adjustment Date"   _______ __, ____.]

        [Class _______ ARC Notes

        " Auction  Period "  for  periods  beginning  _______  __,  ____,
          initially, __ days. " Initial Auction Date "  _______ __, ____.
        " Initial Rate "  ____%.
        " Initial Rate Adjustment Date "  _______ __, ____.]

        [For each Auction  Period,  the  interest 
         rate for a class of ARC Notes
         will equal the lower of:

        o      the rate determined pursuant to the auction procedures  described
               in the accompanying Prospectus under Description  of  Notes  - 
               ARC  Notes;" and

        o      a "Maximum Auction Rate," generally equal to  the  greater of the
               rate of interest on certain  United States  Treasury  Securities,
               plus a  margin  that will  range  from  1.20% to  1.75% depending
               upon the ratings assigned to the Notes.

     [We may change the length of the Auction  Period for any class of ARC Notes
as described in the Prospectus  under the heading " Description of the Notes-ARC
Notes."]

        [LIBOR Rate Notes]

        [The LIBOR Rate Notes will bear interest as set forth below:]

        [Class _____ LIBOR Rate Notes

        " Initial Interest Payment Date "   __________________________.
        " Initial  LIBOR - Based Rate "  _________________.]-  __%  Interest
        Period - initially __ month[s].

        [Class _____ LIBOR Rate Notes

        " Initial Interest Payment Date " __________________________.
        " Initial  LIBOR - Based Rate "   _________________.]-  __%  Interest
        Period - initially __ month[s].


        [For each  subsequent  Interest  Period,  the LIBOR Rate Notes will bear
interest at the lower of:

        o       [one month] [three month] [six month] LIBOR Rate plus _____%; or

        o      the Adjusted  Student Loan Rate, which is calculated by deducting
               servicing fees,  administrative fees and  any  payment due  on  a
               derivative  contract  from  estimated  revenues  on  the financed
               student  loans and dividing that amount  by the principal balance
               of the outstanding Notes.

     [We may change the length of the  Interest  Period for the LIBOR Rate Notes
as described in the accompanying  Prospectus  under the heading  "Description of
the Notes-LIBOR Rate Notes."]

        [Treasury Rate Notes]

        [The Treasury Rate Notes will bear interest as set forth below:]

        [Class ___ __ Treasury Rate Notes

        " Initial Interest Payment Date " means-__________________________.
        " Initial  T-Bill Rate - _____________________.
        Interest Period -______________________
                                      S-4
    

<PAGE>

   
        [Class ___ __ Treasury Rate Notes

        " Initial Interest Payment Date " __________________________.
        " Initial T-Bill Rate - ________________________.
        Interest Period -  ______________________. 

        [For each Interest  Period,  the Treasury Rates Notes will bear interest
at the lower of:

        o      The ___________________ Treasury Bill Rate plus _____%; or

        o      The Adjusted  Student Loan Rate, which is calculated by deducting
               servicing fees,  administrative fees and any payment due on a 
               derivative  contract from estimated revenues on the financed
               student  loans and dividing that amount by the principal balance
               of the outstanding Notes.]

        [Accrual Notes]

        The Accrual Notes will not receive payments of interest until [designate
interest accrual date].  Until such time,  interest accrued during each interest
period will be  capitalized  and added to their  principal  balance.  [Beginning
__________  __, ____] [upon the  occurrence  of [describe  event]],  the Accrual
Notes will be  entitled  to  receive  payments  of  interest  on each  [describe
Interest  Payment  Date.] 

[The Accrual Notes will accrue interest as set forth below:

        " Accrual Rate "  ________________.

        " Interest Accrual Date "  _____________.

        " Interest Payment Date " _____________.]

Distributions on the Series _____ Notes

        Interest Payments.  On the first business day of each month,  commencing
________ _, ____,  we will pay the holders of each class of Fixed Rate Notes the
interest accrued on their Notes during the preceding  interest accrual period at
the  respective  interest  rates  listed on the  cover  page.  Interest  will be
calculated on the basis of a 360-day year  consisting  of twelve 30-day  months.
For the interest payment due __________,  ____, the interest accrual period will
begin on  __________,  ____ and end on _________,  ____.  For all other interest
payment dates, the interest accrual period will be the preceding calendar month.

        On the first  business day after each Auction  Period for a class of ARC
Notes,  we will pay the  holders of the class of Notes the  interest  accrued on
their ARC Notes during the preceding  Auction Period at the applicable  interest
rate. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a [360-day] [365-day] year and
the actual number of days elapsed during the related Auction Period.

        On [the first  business  day of each  month,  commencing  _________  __,
____,] [each _____,  ____,  ____,  ___,  ____, ___ and ____, __] we will pay the
holders of each class of [LIBOR]  [Treasury] Rate Notes the interest  accrued on
their Notes  during the  preceding  interest  accrual  period at the  applicable
interest rate.  Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day  [365-day]
year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

               [Add description of Accrual Note Payments, if any.]

        Principal Redemptions.  Except in certain circumstances that we consider
unlikely  to occur,  we will not redeem any series or class of our Notes  issued
under   the   Indenture   of   Trust   (regardless   of   when   issued)   until
______________________.  Commencing  in  ______________________,  to the  extent
funds are available in the Acquisition  Fund created under the Indenture we will
redeem our [specify  class]  Notes each month in the amount  necessary to reduce
their principal  balance to the percentage of their original  principal  balance
set forth for such month on Exhibit 1:.

        [Except in certain  circumstances that we consider unlikely to occur, we
will not  redeem  any other  series or class of our  Notes  (regardless  of when
issued) until ______________________.  Commencing in ______________________,  to
the extent funds are available in the Acquisition  Fund we will redeem our Notes
as follows:

        o      first,  the [specify class] Notes each month in the amount needed
               to reduce  their  principal  balance to the  percentage  of their
               original principal balance set forth for such month on Exhibit 1;
    

                                      S-5
<PAGE>


        o      second,  after the [specify  class]  Notes have been  redeemed in
               full (which is scheduled to occur on ____ _, ____),  the [specify
               class]  Notes  each month in the  amount  needed to reduce  their
               principal  balance to the percentage of their original  principal
               balance set forth for such month on Exhibit 1; and

        o      third, after the [specify class] Notes have been redeemed in full
               (which  is  scheduled  to occur on ____ _,  ____),  the  [specify
               class]  Notes  each month in the  amount  needed to reduce  their
               principal  balance to the percentage of their original  principal
               balance set forth for such month on Exhibit 1.]

        o      [Specify principal payments for other classes of Notes]

        [Beginning in ____, ____or such later date as approved in writing by the
rating agencies rating our Notes, if funds remain in the Acquisition  Fund after
redeeming the [specify class] Notes as described above, we also intend to redeem
our remaining Notes as follows:

        o      first, all [specify class] ARC Notes(,  including  classes now or
               previously  issued and those  that may be issued in the  future),
               will be redeemed in the order that we may  determine  in our sole
               discretion from time to time;

        o      second, after all [specify class] ARC Notes have been redeemed in
               full,  all  [specify  class]  Notes(,   including  those  now  or
               previously  issued and those  that may be issued in the  future),
               will be redeemed in the order that we may determine  from time to
               time in our sole discretion, subject to the limitations described
               in the  attached  Prospectus  under  "Description  of the Notes -
               Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes";

   
        o      third,  the  [specify  class]  Notes,   including  those  now  or
               previously  issued  and those  that may be issued in the  future,
               that remain outstanding, in that order, until each such class has
               been redeemed in full; and
    

        o      fourth,  any  [specify  class]  Notes(,  including  those  now or
               previously  issued and those  that may be issued in the  future),
               that remain outstanding will be redeemed in the order that we may
               determine in our sole discretion from time to time.]

   
     We have the option of  redeeming  some or all of the Class B Notes prior to
redeeming the Class A Notes if the ratio of our assets to the principal  balance
of the Class  Notes  exceeds  ___% [See  "Description  of the Notes - Notice and
Partial Redemption of Notes" in the Prospectus.]
    

Pool Characteristics

   
        The portfolio of student loans  [currently held in the trust estate and]
that we expect to acquire  with the  proceeds  of the Series  _____ Notes and to
pledge to the Trustee under the Indenture, which are referred to as the financed
student  loans,  is  described  below  under  "Characteristics  of the  Financed
Student Loans."
    

[Servicer and Subservicer

   
     Union Bank and Trust  Company,  Lincoln,  Nebraska will act as servicer for
our student  loans.  UNIPAC  Service  Corporation  will act as  subservicer  and
custodian  for our student  loans.  [We also expect that  ______________________
will act as a  subservicer  and  custodian  for a  portfolio  of  student  loans
acquired  with the  proceeds of the Series  _____  Notes.] See "The Student Loan
Program of Union Financial  Services-1,  Inc." and "Certain  Relationships Among
Financing Participants" in the Prospectus.]
    

                                      S-6
<PAGE>


Indenture

   
     We will issue the Series  _____  Notes  pursuant to an  Indenture  of Trust
dated as of ________ _, 19__, between us and Zions First National Bank acting as
Trustee,  and a related Series _____  Supplemental  Indenture of Trust, which we
refer to collectively as the "Indenture".
    

        The Notes are payable solely from the funds and assets held in the trust
estate created under the terms of the Indenture.

   
     We [have  previously  issued,  and] may issue in the future  Notes of other
series  which  also [are or] will be secured  by the  student  loans held by the
Trustee  under the  Indenture.  All These Notes [are and] will be  designated as
Class A Notes, Class B Notes, or Class C Notes under the Indenture.
    

Mandatory Redemption

        The Series _____ Notes are subject to mandatory  redemption  from moneys
held  for that  purpose  in the  Acquisition  Fund,  as  described  above  under
"Distributions on the Series _____  Notes-Principal  Redemptions." [If funds are
not  available  to redeem  the Class  ___-_  Notes or the  Fixed  Rate  Notes in
accordance  with  their  paydown  schedules,  we will no  longer  be able to use
principal payments received on our student loans to purchase  additional student
loans.  Rather,  we will use all such moneys for  mandatory  redemption of Notes
until such time as the paydown  schedules are met.  Such an occurrence  will not
constitute an event of default under the  Indenture,  unless our missed  payment
was at a scheduled final maturity.]

   
        The  Series __ Notes  are also  subject  to  mandatory  redemption  from
payments  that we receive on our financed  student  loans that we can not use to
purchase  additional  student loans.  See  "Description of the Notes - Mandatory
Redemption" in the Prospectus.
    

Optional Redemption

   
     The ARC Notes are subject to optional  redemption  at our  direction on any
Interest  Payment Date for the Class of ARC Notes being redeemed at a redemption
price  equal  to the  principal  amount  of  such  Notes  plus  interest.  After
_________, ___, we may sell all of the financial student loans held in the trust
estate and use the  proceeds  to  purchase  all of the  outstanding  Notes.  See
"Description  of  the  Notes  -  Optional  Redemption"  in  the  Prospectus  for
limitations on our ability to redeem Notes at our option.
    

Extraordinary Optional Redemption

        We may redeem the Class ____A-__ Notes, the Class ____A-__ Notes and the
Class  ____B-__  Notes at any time if we determine that we are unable to acquire
additional  student  loans,  that  the  rate of  return  on  student  loans  has
materially  decreased,  or that the costs of administering the trust estate have
placed  unreasonable  burdens upon our ability to perform our obligations  under
the Indenture.  If less than all of the Class ____A-__ Notes, the Class ____A-__
Notes and the Class ____B-__ Notes are to be subject to  extraordinary  optional
redemption,  we will  determine in our sole  discretion the class of Notes to be
redeemed.  Class ____A-__ Notes, and Class ____A-__ Notes will be redeemed prior
to redemption of the Class ____B-__ Notes, however.

Optional Purchase

     If the aggregate  principal  balance on all of our Notes that remain remain
outstanding is 20% or less of the initial aggregate principal balance of all our
Notes,  we may  purchase  all of the  outstanding  Notes at a price equal to the
current  value of the Notes  plus  accrued  interest.  This  will  result in our
redeeming of all of the Notes.

Acquisition Fund; Use of Principal Receipts

        Approximately  $___________  from the proceeds of this  offering will be
deposited in the Acquisition Fund on the date the Series _____ Notes are issued.
Those funds will be used to purchase a portfolio of  approximately  $___________
of student loans on or about that date.  [The  remaining  amounts in Acquisition
Fund will be used to acquire  portfolios of student loans on or before  ________
__, ___. ] See "Use of  Proceeds,"  "The  Sellers" and  "Characteristics  of the
Financed Student Loans" herein.  Proceeds  deposited in Acquisition Fund and not
used to purchase  student  loans on or before  ________ __, ____ will be used to
redeem Notes.
                                      S-7
<PAGE>

   
        We will  deposit  into  the  Acquisition  Fund  all  principal  receipts
received on student loans  acquired with the proceeds of the Series _____ Notes.
We will use funds in the Acquisition Fund to acquire  additional student loans[,
to provide for mandatory redemption of Notes] and to make certain other payments
and distributions.  [If after _______,  ____, the principal balance of the Fixed
Rate Notes exceeds the aggregate principal balance of all our student loans that
bear  interest at a fixed rate,  we will only  purchase  student loans that bear
interest at a fixed rate unless each rating  agency  rating our Notes  otherwise
approves.]  We  may  purchase  additional  student  loans  using  funds  in  the
Acquisition Fund until ___________, ____. This revolving period during which
we may purchase  additional  loans may be extended with the written  approval of
the rating agencies  rating of our Notes [or the Surety Bond provider  described
below]. At the end of that period we will no longer purchase  additional student
loans with principal receipts and we will use those funds to redeem Notes.
    

[Definitive Notes]

        [The  [designate  Classes]  Notes will be evidenced by definitive  Notes
registered in the name or names of the holders thereof or their nominee.]

[Registration, Clearing and Settlement]

   
        [You will  hold  your  interest  in the  Notes in  book-entry  only form
through the Same Day Settlement  System of the  Depository  Trust Company in the
United States or though Cedelbank,  S.A. or Euroclear System in Europe. You will
not be entitled to receive definitive  certificates  representing your interests
in the Notes, except in limited circumstances.]
    

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences

   
        Kutak Rock will deliver an opinion that for federal income tax purposes,
the Series _____ Notes will be treated as indebtedness. The owners of the Series
____ Notes will be  required  to include in income  interest  on the Series ____
Notes as paid,  or in the case of Notes issued with original  issue  discount as
accrued,  in  accordance  with  their  respective  accounting  methods  and  the
provisions of the Code. See "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.
    

ERISA Considerations

        Assuming  that the Series ____ Notes  should be treated as  indebtedness
without  substantial  equity  features,  the Series _____ Notes are eligible for
purchase by or on behalf of employee  benefit  plans,  retirement  arrangements,
individual retirement accounts and Keogh Plans, subject to certain consideration
discussed under "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.

Ratings

        It is a condition  to the  issuance of the Series  _____ Notes that each
class of the Class _____  Notes be rated _____ and _____ by  ___________________
and ___________________, respectively, and that the Class _____-_ Notes be rated
no less than "_" and "_" by _________________ and ___________ respectively.  See
"Ratings" in the Prospectus.

                                      S-8
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

        The  discussion  under the  heading  "Risk  Factors"  in the  Prospectus
describes the risks  associated  with your investment in the Series _____ Notes.
In addition, you should consider the following factors:

Principal Balance of Notes Exceeds Aggregate Principal Balance of Student Loans

   
     On the Issue Date, the aggregate principal balance of the Series ____ Notes
[and all other Notes we have issued under the Indenture]  will be  approximately
___% of the sum of the aggregate  principal  balance of the student loans we own
and the other assets  pledged or to be pledged as collateral  for the Notes.  We
may also use the principal receipts from our student loans to acquire additional
student  loans at a price that exceeds the  principal  balance of those  student
loans.
    

        As a result, if an event of default should occur under the Indenture and
we were  required  to redeem all of our Notes,  our  liabilities  may exceed our
assets.  If this were to  occur,  we would be unable to repay in full all of the
holders of our Notes. However, the Class A Notes will be redeemed in full before
we redeem any Class B Notes [and the Class B Notes will be  redeemed  before the
Class C Notes].  In the absence of any such default,  excess  interest  payments
received on the student loans will be used to pay principal on the Notes.

Year 2000 Compliance

        The Year 2000 issue  arises from the use by software  developers  of two
digits  rather  than four to denote year dates in  software  programs,  computer
hardware  operating  systems and  microprocessors  -based  embedded  controls in
automated  equipment.  As  a  result,  information  systems  that  operate  date
sensitive   software  or  automated   equipment  that  contains  date  sensitive
microprocessors  may  interpret  "00" to signify 1900 rather than 2000,  thereby
impairing  the ability of the  information  systems or  automated  equipment  to
correctly  calculate,  sequence or recognize dates. This could result in serious
malfunctions  or even  complete  failures  of  affected  systems,  including  an
inability to process  transactions,  issue  securities  or checks,  or engage in
normal business activities.

   
        We cannot now determine whether the Year 2000 issue will have a material
adverse  effect on our  business  operations.  The  conduct of our  business  in
relationship  to  purchasing  loans  or  administering  the  loans we own is not
significantly  dependent  on  our  own  computer  programs.  However,  our  loan
servicers,  the Trustee,  the Guarantee Agencies and the Department of Education
all rely heavily on computer  programs and systems for  processing  transactions
related to student loans.

     We have  made  inquiry  of the  Trustee,  Union  Bank  and  UNIPAC  Service
Corporation  concerning the Year 2000 issue,  and have received  assurances that
they are, or are working to become,  Year 2000 compliant.  We are aware that the
Guarantee  Agencies and  Department of Education are working to address the Year
2000 issue.  The  Department  of Education  has  indicated  that all of its data
systems are Year 2000 compliant.  However,  we cannot provide any assurance that
the Department of Education the Guarantee Agencies,  the Trustee or the servicer
or subservicer  will not be adversely  affected by the arrival of the Year 2000.
We cannot  influence or control the efforts of third parties to address the Year
2000 issue,  nor can we terminate our  dependence on the servicer,  subservicer,
Guarantee Agencies or Department of Education. Under the reasonably likely worst
case  scenario,  the Year 2000 issue could delay our  receipt of  principal  and
interest  payments  on our  financed  student  loans and the  receipt  of claims
payments from the Guarantee  Agencies.  If that delay  continues for a prolonged
period,  we may be unable to make timely  payments of principal and interest due
on our Notes.
    

[Add discussion of other risk factors]


                                      S-9
<PAGE>

                                  THE SELLERS

        We expect to use the  proceeds  of the Series  _____  Notes to  purchase
portfolios of student loans in the amounts and from the parties shown below.

                Seller                   Approximate Balance      Sale Date
               --------                  -------------------    -------------

                                             $

                                             $

                                             $

- ----------------------                       $-------------

        Total                                $


   
        We have  entered  into a loan sale  agreement  with each of the  sellers
identified  above.  Each seller has made  representations  and warranties in its
loan sale  agreement with respect to the student loans that we will purchase and
has agreed to  repurchase  any  student  loans for which any  representation  or
warranty is later  determined to have been materially  incorrect. 
    

                                      S-10
<PAGE>

                           [PREVIOUSLY ISSUED NOTES]

        [Information  concerning each outstanding series and class of Notes that
we  previously  issued  and is  secured by the trust  estate  created  under the
Indenture is provided below. The financed student loans and other assets pledged
to the  Trustee  will  serve as  collateral  for the  outstanding  Notes and any
additional  Notes that may be issued under the Indenture in the future,  as well
as the Series ____ Notes being  offered by means of this  Prospectus  Supplement
and the attached Prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Original         Outstanding                            
                                    Principal     Principal Amount      Interest     Maturity
 Series    Class    Date Issued      Amount          (As of    ,  )        Rate        Date
 ------    -----    -----------      ------       ----------------       --------    --------
<S>        <C>          <C>          <C>             <C>                  <C>        <C>
                                       








</TABLE>


        [As of the date of this Prospectus Supplement, all payments of scheduled
principal and interest due and payable on each series of Notes  specified  above
have been paid in full. As of  ___________________,  the financed  student loans
that  are in  repayment  and  pledged  to the  Trustee  as  collateral  for  the
outstanding Notes had delinquencies as follows:  $___________________  was 30 to
60  days  delinquent;   $___________________  was  61  to  90  days  delinquent;
$___________________ was 91 to 120 days delinquent; and $___________________ was
greater  than  120  days  delinquent.  As  of  ___________________,  there  were
$___________________  of our  student  loans in claim  status  with a  Guarantee
Agency.  As of  ___________________,  the  cumulative  amount  of net  losses by
principal balance of the financed student loans was $___________________.]

        [The  following  fees are payable  (per annum) with respect to the Notes
previously issued:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                Broker                         Maintenance and
           Trustee   Servicing   Auction        Dealer     Calculation Agent     Operating
 Series      Fee       Fee      Agent Fees       Fees            Fees             Expenses
 ------      ---       ---      ----------       ----            ----             --------
<S>          <C>          <C>          <C>       <C>            <C>                 <C>








</TABLE>


        [As of the date  hereof,  all fees and  expenses due and payable on each
series specified above have been paid in full.]


                                      S-11
<PAGE>


                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

[Note Insurance]

        [We will  obtain  Note  Insurance  for the  [Class __ Notes]  which will
insure timely payments of interest and payments of principal. Principal payments
will be insured by the insurance provider on the following basis:

                          [Describe terms of insurance]

        The  amount  of the Note  Insurance  will be  [____]%  of the  aggregate
initial principal amount of the [Class __ Notes] [financed  student loans].  The
amount  available  under the Note Insurance  policy on any  subsequent  Interest
Payment Date will be [the initial  amount minus the sum of the prior  cumulative
claims under the policy]  [[____]% of the then existing  principal amount of the
[Class __ ] [Notes] [financed student loans]].

        The insurance provider is [name of note insurance  provider] [which is a
member of [name of insurance  group].  The claims paying ability of the [name of
insurance  provider]  [name of insurance  group] is rated "____" by the [name of
rating agency]]. The address of the insurance provider is [address].]

[Reserve Fund]

   
        [The Reserve  Fund is currently  funded in an amount equal to __% of the
aggregate  principal amount of the Notes that we now have  outstanding.] We will
make a deposit to the Reserve Fund on the date the Series ___ Notes
are  issued in an amount  equal to ____ of the  principal  balance of the Series
____ Notes.  If funds  available in the Revenue Fund are not  sufficient to make
payments when due, moneys in the Reserve Fund may be used to pay amounts due and
payable to  Noteholders.  Moneys  withdrawn  from the Reserve  Fund are restored
through  transfers from the Revenue Fund or the Acquisition  Fund as directed by
us and as  available.  [We are  required  to  maintain a minimum  balance in the
Reserve Fund of $_________.]
    

[Interest Rate Swap]

   
     We have  entered  into an  interest  rate  swap  agreement  with  the  swap
counterparty identified below. Unless terminated earlier, the interest rate swap
will  terminate on the _____ payment date. We will owe the swap  counterparty  a
net swap payment when the weighted  average  discount  rate per annum for direct
obligations  of the United  States  with a maturity of 13 weeks plus a specified
percentage  is greater  than the London  Interbank  Offered Rate for deposits in
U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months.  The swap  counterparty will owe
the  Company  us a net  swap  receipt  when  the  calculation  described  in the
immediately preceding sentence is negative.  The amount of a net swap payment or
a net swap receipt is the product of the difference in the rates described above
and the interest rate swap's scheduled notional amount.]

        [The  scheduled  notional  amount for any quarterly  payment date is set
forth in  Exhibit __ to this  Prospectus  Supplement.  We expect  the  scheduled
notional amount for any quarterly payment date to equal  approximately  [__]% of
the then outstanding  principal  balance of the.
    

Series ___ Notes.]

   
        [While the  interest  rate swap is in effect,  it will  reduce,  but not
eliminate,  the risk that a note rate the rate of  interest  on the  Series  ___
Notes will be determined by the applicable interest rate cap.]
    

        [Insert Description of Interest Rate Swap Party]

[Letter of Credit]


                                      S-12
<PAGE>


        [We will obtain an irrevocable  [standby]  [direct pay] letter of credit
from [name of bank].  The Letter of Credit will protect  [Class __]  Noteholders
against losses on financed  student loans to the maximum of the stated amount of
the Letter of Credit. The initial Letter of Credit will expire no earlier than
- ----------.

   
     The initial  amount of the Letter of Credit will be [__]% of the  aggregate
initial principal amount of the [Class __ Notes] [financed  student loans].  The
amount available under the Letter of Credit on any Interest Payment Date will be
equal to this initial amount minus the sum of the prior  cumulative  draws under
the Letter of Credit to cover any  shortfall  between in the amounts  payable to
the [Class __] Noteholders [and the Class __ Noteholders].

     We will be  required  to renew or replace  the Letter of Credit  before its
expiration  until  the  [designate  Class]  Series  ____  Notes  are  no  longer
outstanding.  If we do not renew or replace a Letter of Credit,  the  [Trustee],
before the expiration of the then existing Letter of Credit, will draw under the
Letter of Credit an amount  equal to the full amount  available  thereunder  and
will transfer  those funds to a separate trust fund.  Thereafter,  the [Trustee]
will be entitled to withdraw those funds on each Interest Payment Date if and to
the extent draws would have been required under the Letter of Credit.
    

        [The  long-term  debt of the bank  issuing the Letter of Credit is rated
"____" by [name of rating agency] [and "____" by [name of rating  agency]].  For
the year ended [end of fiscal year],  the issuing bank reported  total assets of
$__________,  total  deposits of  $__________  and total capital and reserves of
$__________.  Upon request  therefore,  a copy of the Annual  Report of [name of
issuing  bank] may be obtained  [without  charge] from [name of issuing bank] at
[address].]

Subordinated Notes

        The rights of the Class B Noteholders  [and the Class C Noteholders]  to
receive  payments of interest and principal are  subordinated  to such rights of
the  Class A  Noteholders.  [The  rights of the Class C  Noteholder  to  receive
payments of interest and principal are  subordinated to such rights of the Class
A Noteholders and the Class B Noteholders.]  This  subordination  is intended to
enhance the  likelihood  of regular  receipt by the Class A  Noteholders  [, and
secondarily,  the Class B Noteholders,] of the full amount of scheduled  monthly
payments  of  principal  and  interest  due  them  and to  protect  the  Class A
Noteholders[, and secondarily, the Class B Noteholders,] against losses.

        Class A Noteholders  have a  preferential  right to receive,  before any
distributions  to Class B  Noteholders,  current  distributions  from the  trust
estate and,  if  necessary,  the right to receive  future  distributions  on our
student loans that would  otherwise  have been payable to the holders of Class B
Notes.  The Class B Notes are then  entitled to the available  amounts,  if any,
remaining in the trust  estate.  [The Class B  Noteholders  have a  preferential
right to receive,  before any distributions to the Class C Noteholders,  current
distributions  from the trust  estate  and, if  necessary,  the right to receive
future distributions on our student loans that otherwise would have been payable
to the holders of the Class C Notes.  The Class C Notes are then entitled to the
available  amounts,  if any, remaining in the trust estate.] See "Description of
Credit Enhancement-Subordinates Notes" in the Prospectus.

[Surety Bonds]

   
     [We will obtain a Surety Bond in the amount of  $________  with  respect to
the Series __ Notes in favor of the  Trustee  solely on behalf of the holders of
the Series __ Notes. The Surety Bond will provide for coverage of timely payment
of all interest and ultimate  payment of all principal due on the related Series
___ Notes. We will pay $________ to the issuer of the Surety Bond.]
    

        [Description of the issuer of Surety Bond to be provided.]

                                      S-13
<PAGE>


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

        We  estimate  that the net  proceeds  from the sale of the Series  _____
Notes will be applied as follows:











   
     We expect that approximately  $___________ of the proceeds deposited to the
Acquisition  Fund  will be used on the Issue  Date to  acquire  a  portfolio  of
student  loans.  See "Sellers" in this  Prospectus  Supplement.  [The  remaining
proceeds  deposited to the  Acquisition  Fund are expected to be used to acquire
portfolios of student loans in _________, ____.]
    

                                      S-14
<PAGE>


                             CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
                             FINANCED STUDENT LOANS*
                         (As of_____________ __, ____ )


     Composition  of  the  [existing  Financed  Student  Loans  and  additional]
            Financed  Student Loans expected to be acquired with the proceeds of
            Series _____ Notes
  
  
  Aggregate Outstanding Principal Balance...........................        $
  Number of Borrowers...............................................
  Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Borrower................        $   
  Number of Loans...................................................
  Average Outstanding Principal Balance Per Loan....................        $ 
  Weighted Average Annual Interest Rate.............................           %
  Approximate Weighted Average Remaining Term (months) (does not
  include school, grace, deferment or forbearance)..................
  Weighted Average Remaining Term (months)..........................



                    Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Loan Type

                                                Outstanding     Percent of Loans
                                 Number of       Principal        by Outstanding
         Loan Types                Loans          Balance             Balance
- ------------------------- ----------------- ------------------- ----------------

Consolidated                                     $                        %
PLUS
SLS
Stafford - Subsidized
Stafford - Unsubsidized                                         
        Total                                $                        100.00%
                          ===============     ====================    ======


- --------
 *       [Includes all financed student loans pledged to the Trustee on the date
         of this  Prospectus  Supplement as well as  information  concerning the
         additional  student loans expected to be purchased with the proceeds of
         the Series ____ Notes.] Since the additional  loans to be acquired with
         the proceeds of the Series ____ Notes will be purchased  after the date
         of this Prospectus  Supplement,  the characteristics of such loans will
         vary.



                                      S-15
<PAGE>

                                      

           Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Interest Rate
    
                                             Outstanding      Percent of Loans
                             Number of        Principal        by Outstanding
        Interest Rate          Loans           Balance            Balance
    ------------------- ------------------- ------------------ -----------------

                                               $                            %
   
    
    
    
    
             Total                             $                      100.00%
                        ===========            ==============         ======


              Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by School Type

                                               Outstanding      Percent of Loans
         School               Number of         Principal        by Outstanding
          Type                  Loans            Balance            Balance
    ----------------       -------------      --------------     --------------
2-Year Institution                           $                             %
4-Year Institution
Proprietry
Unknown                    
       Total                                 $                      100.00%
                          =============       ================      ======


                                      S-16
<PAGE>

         Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Borrower Payment Status

                                              Outstanding      Percent of Loans
          Borrower             Number of       Principal        by Outstanding
       Payment Status            Loans          Balance             Balance
     ----------------       -------------      --------------     --------------

School                                      $                                 %
Grace
Deferment
Forbearance
Claim
Repayment
  First Year Repayment
  Second Year Repayment
  Third Year Repayment
  More than 3 years
    Total                                  $                             100.00%
                           ===========      =====================        ======


                                      S-17
<PAGE>


              Geographic Distribution of the Financed Student Loans

                                                   Outstanding      Percent of
                                   Number of        Principal          Loans
              Location(1)            Loans           Balance      by Outstanding
                                                                      Balance
            ------------         -------------     -----------     -------------

              Alabama
              Alaska
              American Samoa
              Arizona
              Arkansas
              California
              Colorado
              Connecticut
              Delaware
              District of
              Columbia
              Florida
              Foreign Country
              Georgia
              Guam
              Hawaii
              Idaho
              Illinois
              Indiana
              Iowa
              Kansas
              Kentucky
              Louisiana
              Maine
              Maryland
              Massachusetts
              Michigan
              Military
              (Atlantic)
              Military (Europe)
              Military (Pacific)
              Minnesota
              Mississippi
              Missouri
              Montana
              Northern Mariana
              Islands
              North Carolina
              North Dakota
              Nebraska
              Nevada
              New Hampshire
              New Jersey
              New Mexico
              New York
              Ohio
              Oklahoma
              Oregon
              Pennsylvania
              Puerto Rico
              Rhode Island
              South Carolina
              South Dakota
              Tennessee
              Texas
              Utah
              Virginia
              Virgin Islands
              Vermont
              Washington
              West Virginia
              Wisconsin
              Wyoming
               Other                                            
                                  ------          ------------------      - .--
              Total                            $                         100.00
                                  =======       ====================     ======

- ---------------
(1) Based on the  permanent  billing  addresses of the borrowers of the financed
student loans shown on the servicer's records.

                                      S-18
<PAGE>


                     Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Date of
                                         Disbursement

                                                   Outstanding  Percent of Loans
           Disbursement            Number of        Principal     by Outstanding
               Date                  Loans           Balance         Balance
     ---------------------       ------------     --------------- --------------

Pre-October, 1993                               $                              %
October 1, 1993 and thereafter
        Total                                   $                        100.00%
                                 ============    ===============         ======


                 Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by
                               Guarantee Agency

                                                                  Percentage of
                                             Outstanding              Loans
     Guarantee            Number of           Principal          by Outstanding
      Agency                Loans              Balance               Balance
  ----------------      -------------       --------------       --------------






                                      S-19
<PAGE>

   Distribution of the Financed Student Loans by Range of Principal Balance

                                                                   Percent
                                                Outstanding      of Loans by
                                Number of        Principal       Outstanding
   Principal Balance Range      Borrowers         Balance          Balance
   ----------------------       ---------      --------------    ------------

Less than $500                               $                               %
$500      -    $999.00
$1,000    -    $1,999.00
$2,000    -    $2,999.00
$3,000    -    $3,999.00
$4,000    -    $5,999.00
$6,000    -    $7,999.00
$8,000    -    $9,999.00
$10,000   -    $14,999.99
$15,000   -    $19,999.99
$20,000 or Greater
  Total                                      $                         100.00%
                               ============== ==================       ======

                                      S-20

<PAGE>


                 INFORMATION RELATING TO THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES

          The payment of principal and interest on all of the student loans held
in the trust estate  created  under the  Indenture  which are referred to as the
"financed  student loans," will be guaranteed by designated  Guarantee  Agencies
and  will be  reinsured  by the  United  States  Department  of  Education.  The
guarantee  provided by each  Guarantee  Agency is an  obligation  solely of that
Guarantee  Agency  and is not  supported  by the full  faith  and  credit of the
federal or any state government. However, the Higher Education Act provides that
if the Secretary of Education  determines  that a Guarantee  Agency is unable to
meet its insurance  obligations,  the Secretary shall assume  responsibility for
all  functions of the Guarantee  Agency under its loan  insurance  program.  For
further information on the Secretary's authority in the event a Guarantee Agency
is  unable to meet its  insurance  obligations  see  "Description  of  Guarantee
Agencies" in the Prospectus.
   

          Of the financed student loans held in the trust estate approximately

  o            [__]% are guaranteed by [__], a non-profit  corporation ("[__]"),
               organized in [__] and guaranteeing student loans since [___], and
               as of [_____] had an approximate  aggregate  principal  amount of
               loans guaranteed of $[__],

  o            [__]%  are  guaranteed  by [___],  an  agency of [___]  ("[__]"),
               organized in [___] and  guaranteeing  student  loans since [___],
               and as of [____] had an approximate aggregate principal amount of
               loans guaranteed of $[___],

  o            [___]%  are  guaranteed  by [___],  an agency of [___]  ("[__]"),
               organized in [___] and  guaranteeing  student  loans since [___],
               and as of [____] had an approximate aggregate principal amount of
               loans guaranteed of $[___],

  o            and the remaining [___]% are guaranteed by one of the following 
               Guarantee Agencies:  [___] and [___].

          See "Description of the Guarantee Agencies" in the Prospectus for more
detailed information concerning the characteristics of the Guarantee Agencies.

          Presented below is information  with respect to each Guarantee  Agency
that is expected to guaranty  10% or more of our  financed  student  loans as of
________ __, ____. Except as otherwise indicated, the information regarding each
Guarantee  Agency  has been  obtained  from the  Guarantee  Agency.  We have not
independently verified this information.


[Guarantee Agency]




[Description of Guarantee Agency]

    
                                      S-21
<PAGE>


                       RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   
          The following  table sets forth the ratio of earnings to fixed charges
for Union  Financial  Services-1,  Inc. for each of the periods  indicated.  The
ratio of earnings to fixed  charges  has been  computed by dividing  earnings by
fixed charges.  Earnings  consist of income from operations  before income taxes
plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest on all indebtedness  plus
amortization of debt issuance costs.
    


                       Fiscal Year        Fiscal Year   Period from inception to
                          Ended              Ended
                      -------------      --------------  -----------------------

Earnings ......             $                  $                  $

Fixed Charges

Ratio..........

    

                                      S-22
<PAGE>


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   
          Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set forth in the  underwriting
agreement dated as of __________,  ____,  that we entered into with  PaineWebber
Incorporated, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has
agreed to  purchase,  the  principal  amount of the Series _____ Notes set forth
below.
    


Underwriter      Class A-   Class A-   Class B-  Class B-    Class C-   Class C-
- -----------      ---------  ---------  -------   ---------  ----------  -------
                                                                    
 


Total


   
          We have been advised by the underwriter  that it proposes to offer the
Series _____ ARC Notes to the public initially at the respective offering prices
set  forth  on  the  cover  page  of  this  Prospectus  Supplement.   Until  the
distribution of Series _____ ARC Notes is completed, the rules of the Commission
may limit the ability of the  underwriter  and certain  selling group members to
bid for and  purchase  such Series  _____ ARC Notes.  As an  exception  to these
rules,  the  underwriter  is  permitted to engage in certain  transactions  that
stabilize the price of the Series _____ Notes. Such transactions consist of bids
of purchase for the purpose of pegging,  fixing or maintaining the price of such
Series _____ Notes.
    

          In general,  purchases of a security for the purpose of  stabilization
or to reduce a short position could cause the price of the security to be higher
than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

   
          Neither  Union  Financial  Services-1  nor the  underwriter  makes any
representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that
the transactions  described above may have on the prices of the Series _____ ARC
Notes. In addition, neither Union Financial Services-1 nor the underwriter makes
any representation that the underwriter will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

          We have been advised by the underwriter  that it proposes to offer the
Fixed Rate Notes from time to time in  negotiated  transactions  or otherwise at
varying  prices to be  determined  at the time of sale.  We  expect  to  receive
proceeds  from the sale of the Fixed Rate Notes of  approximately  $___________,
plus accrued  interest,  but before  deducting a portion of the expenses we must
pay. In  connection  with the purchase  and sale of the Series _____ Notes,  the
underwriter  may  be  deemed  to  have  received  compensation  in the  form  of
underwriting discounts and commissions.

          We have been advised by the underwriter  that it presently  intends to
make a market in the Series _____ Notes.  However,  they are not obligated to do
so,  any  market-making  may be  discontinued  at any time,  and there can be no
assurance that an active public market for the Series _____ Notes will develop.

          From  time to time  the  underwriter  or its  affiliates  may  perform
investment  banking and advisory services for, and may provide general financing
and banking services to, affiliates of Union Financial Services-1.

          The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides  that  we  will  indemnify  the
underwriter against certain civil liabilities,  including  liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, and we have agreed to reimburse the  underwriter for the
fees and expenses of its counsel.
    

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
          Certain legal matters,  including certain income tax matters,  will be
passed upon for Union  Financial  Services-1  by Kutak Rock,  Denver,  Colorado.
Certain  legal  matters  will be passed  upon for the  underwriter  by Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP, New York, New York, and for Union  Financial  Services-1 by
Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP, Denver, Colorado.
    

                                      S-23
<PAGE>


PROSPECTUS


                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.


                                    $
                         STUDENT LOAN ASSET-BACKED NOTES

          We will periodically  issue our Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes in one
or more series.  The specific terms of the Notes included in each series will be
described in a supplement to this Prospectus.

   
          We will use proceeds from the sale of the Notes to acquire  portfolios
of student  loans  originated  by  eligible  lenders  under the  Federal  Family
Education  Loan  Program.  Those student loans will be pledged to a trust estate
established  to  secure  repayment  of the  Notes.  The  Notes  will be  limited
obligations of Union Financial  Services-1,  Inc. payable solely from that trust
estate.
    

          You  should  read  this  Prospectus  and  any  Prospectus   Supplement
carefully  before you invest.  This Prospectus may be used to offer and sell the
Notes only if it is accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.

          Offers  of the  Notes  may be made  by  different  methods,  including
offerings  through  underwriters,   as  more  fully  described  under  "Plan  of
Distribution" below and in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Unless otherwise
indicated for a series of the Notes,  the Notes will not be listed on a national
securities exchange.

          The date of this Prospectus is ___________________, _____.


<PAGE>

                              ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

          This Prospectus is part of a registration statement that we filed with
the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission   utilizing  a  "shelf  registration"
procedure.  We may  sell  our  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes in one or more
offerings  pursuant to the "shelf  registration"  procedure up to a total dollar
amount of $----------.

          This Prospectus  provides you with a general  description of the Notes
we may offer.  Each time we sell Notes, we will provide a Prospectus  Supplement
relating to the series of Notes being offered that will include

     o    a  description   of  the  aggregate   principal   amount,   authorized
          denominations and interest rate or rates (or the manner of determining
          such rate or rates) of each class of the Notes to be sold

     o    information  concerning  the student loans that will be purchased with
          the proceeds of the Notes

     o    information  with respect to any Notes that we have previously  issued
          that are secured by a common pool of assets that secure payment of the
          Notes described in the Prospectus Supplement

     o    information concerning the Guarantee Agencies providing guarantees for
          the student loans that will be acquired with Note proceeds

     o    information with respect to any credit enhancement

     o    any  updates  or  changes  to  the   information   presented  in  this
          Prospectus.

                         WHERE TO FIND MORE INFORMATION

          We  are  subject  to the  reporting  requirements  of  the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934 and to comply  with those  requirements,  we file  annual,
quarterly and special reports and other  information  with the SEC. You may read
and copy our  registration  statement and reports and other  information that we
file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,
Washington,  D.C.  20549.  You may obtain  information  on the  operation of the
Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC
maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov  from which our registration statement
and reports are available. Our parent company maintains a web site that provides
information concerning our company at http://www.ufscorp.com.

          You should rely only on the  information  contained in or incorporated
by reference into this  Prospectus and any  Prospectus  Supplement.  We have not
authorized  anyone else to provide you with  different  information.  We are not
making an offer of the Notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.  You
should not assume that the  information  in this  Prospectus  or any  Prospectus
Supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date appearing on the front
cover of those documents.

                             REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS

          Periodic monthly reports concerning the Notes and the security for the
Notes will be provided to the Noteholders. Those reports will not be reviewed by
a certified  public  accounting firm. If Notes are issued in book-entry form and
registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.,  the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company,  or Cedelbank,  S.A. or the Euroclear System,  then all reports will be
provided to those  entities  which in turn will  provide  such  reports to their
eligible participants.  Those participants will then forward such reports to the
beneficial owners of Notes. See "Book Entry Registration" herein.


                                       i
<PAGE>


                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

          The SEC allows us to  "incorporate  by reference" into this Prospectus
the  information we file with them,  which means that we can disclose  important
information  to you by  referring  you to the  reports we file with the SEC.  We
hereby incorporate by reference the following reports:

     (i)  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  December  31,
          1998, and

     (ii) The  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q  for the  most  recent  calendar
          quarter.

   
The  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K and the  Quarterly  Report  on Form  10-Q are
available  on  our  parent  company's  website  at  HTTP://WWW.UFSCORP.COM.  All
periodic  reporting  documents  we file  with  the SEC  after  the  date of this
Prospectus  and  before all of the Notes have been  issued are  incorporated  by
reference in this Prospectus and will be a part of this Prospectus from the date
we file those  documents.  We will provide you, without charge, a copy of any of
the documents incorporated by reference upon written or oral request directed to
Union Financial  Services-1,  Inc., 1801 California Street,  Suite 3920, Denver,
Colorado 80202, Attention:  Ronald W. Page, Telephone:  (303) 292-6930.
    

                SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

          Statements in this Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement, including
those concerning our expectations as to our ability to purchase eligible student
loans,  to structure  and to issue  competitive  securities,  and certain of the
information  presented  in  this  Prospectus  and  the  Prospectus   Supplement,
constitute  forward  looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private
Securities  Litigation  Reform Act of 1995.  Actual results may vary  materially
from such expectations. For a discussion of the factors which could cause actual
results to differ  from  expectations,  please see the  caption  entitled  "Risk
Factors" in this Prospectus and in the Prospectus Supplement.


                                       ii
<PAGE>


                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS TO PROSPECTUS




ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS..........................................................i

WHERE TO FIND MORE INFORMATION.................................................i

REPORTS TO NOTEHOLDERS.........................................................i

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE...............................ii

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS.............................ii
   

SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING.......................................................iv

RISK FACTORS...................................................................1

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES.......................................................7

SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES.................................14

BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION.......................................................19

ADDITIONAL NOTES..............................................................23

SUMMARY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE................................23

DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT.............................................35

UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC...............................................37

THE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM OF UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC...................38

DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM......................41

DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES.........................................51

FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES...............................................56

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS..........................................................59

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FINANCING PARTICIPANTS............................60

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION..........................................................61

LEGAL MATTERS.................................................................62

FINANCIAL INFORMATION.........................................................62

RATINGS.......................................................................62

APPENDIX I- GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES...II-1

    

                                      iii
<PAGE>





                             SUMMARY OF THE OFFERING

     The following summary highlights selected  information from this Prospectus
but does not contain all of the information you should consider before making an
investment decision.  Before deciding to purchase the Notes, you should read the
more  detailed  information  appearing  in this  Prospectus  and in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Capitalized  terms used in this Prospectus that are not
defined have the meanings  assigned to them in "Index to and Glossary of Certain
Terms."

Overview

We will from time to time offer various  classes of our Notes.  We will purchase
pools of student  loans with the proceeds we receive  from these sales.  We will
pledge these  student loans as  collateral  for our Notes.  Unlike other issuers
that create separate trusts each time they sell securities,  all of the Notes we
sell pursuant to this Prospectus and a Prospectus  Supplement will be secured by
all student  loans that we purchase  and pledge as  collateral,  unless we state
otherwise for a particular series of the Notes in a Prospectus  Supplement.  The
priority  of  payments  among  the  various  classes  of Notes  we sell  will be
described  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  These  payments  will  come
principally from amounts received on the student loans.

Securities Offered

Our  Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes will be:

o    issued in one or more  series,  and there  will be one or more  classes  of
     Notes within each series

o    secured by a revolving pool of student  loans,  referred to as the financed
     student  loans,  and other  property  held in trust for the  benefit of the
     owners of the Notes

o     designated as Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes

o     issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture described below.


Index Rate Notes.  The interest  rate for some of our Notes may be determined by
reference  to the London  Interbank  Offered  Rate  ("LIBOR") or by reference to
United States Treasury  securities. 

o     issued pursuant to the terms of the Indenture described below.

Parties

   
Union Financial  Services-1,  Inc., a Nevada  corporation,  is the issuer of the
Notes and is  sometimes  referred  to as  "UFS-1."  You may  contact  us at 1801
California  Street,  Suite  3920,  Denver,   Colorado  80202,  or  by  phone  at
(303)292-6930.
    

Union  Bank and Trust  Company  will act as the  servicer,  and  UNIPAC  Service
Corporation,  a Nebraska  corporation,  will act as  subservicer of our financed
student loans. We may appoint other entities to act as a servicer or subservicer
of our  financed  student  loans if approved by the Rating  Agencies  rating our
Notes.  All  servicers  and  subservicers  will  be  identified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Certain Relationships Among Financing Participants."

Zions  First  National  Bank,  or such  other  entity as may be  specified  in a
Prospectus Supplement, will serve as the "Trustee" under the Indenture.

Interest Rates

The  Prospectus  Supplement  will specify the interest  that will be paid on our
Notes.  The  interest  rate may be fixed for the full term of the Notes,  or the
interest rate may be subject to periodic adjustment as described below.

   
ARC Notes. We may issue classes of Notes that bear interest at a rate determined
by auction.  The initial  interest rate for these ARC Notes will be described in
the Prospectus Supplement. The interest rates for the ARC Notes will be reset at
the end of the  initial  interest  period and each  subsequent  interest  period
pursuant to the Auction Procedures.

The Auction  Procedures  are summarized and an example of an Auction is included
under "Description of the Notes-ARC Notes."

These Notes will bear  interest at an initial rate  specified in the  Prospectus
Supplement.  Thereafter,  the  interest  rate  for  LIBOR  Rate  Notes  will  be
determined  from time to time by reference to the rate of interest  described as
the  LIBOR-Based  Rate,  and the interest  rate for Treasury  Rate Notes will be
determined by reference to the rate of interest paid on designated U.S. Treasury
Securities.  See "Description of the Notes-LIBOR Rate Notes" and "-Treasury Rate
Notes."
    


                                       iv
<PAGE>


Accrual Notes. We may issue one or more classes of Accrual Notes.  Accrual Notes
will not be entitled  to receive  payments  of  interest  during the  designated
accrual  period.  Instead,  interest  accrued  on  such  Accrual  Notes  will be
capitalized  and added to their  principal  balance.  The rate of interest to be
accrued  and the  accrual  period will be  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement. See "Description of the Notes-Accrual Notes."

   
Payments on the Notes
    

We will make payment of principal  and interest due on the Notes solely from the
assets held by the Trustee in a trust estate created by the Indenture  described
below.  That trust estate will consist of a revolving  pool of student loans and
moneys  payable  thereon  and funds in accounts  held by the  Trustee  under the
Indenture.  Interest  on the Notes  will be paid on the dates  specified  in the
Prospectus  Supplement,  which are referred to as "Interest  Payment Dates." The
principal  balance  of the Notes of each  series  will be payable in full on the
stated  maturity date,  unless  earlier  redeemed or repaid as described in this
Prospectus or in the related Prospectus Supplement.

   
Use of Principal Receipts -
The Revolving Period

We will deposit the net proceeds we receive from the offering of a series of the
Notes  into the  Acquisition  Fund to be used to  purchase  student  loans on or
before a specified date. We intend to use principal  payments that we receive on
the financed student loans to purchase  additional student loans for a period of
time specified in the Prospectus  Supplement.  During this revolving  period, we
will pay  interest  on the Notes as it becomes  due.  However,  we will not make
principal  payments on the Notes or redeem  Notes during the  revolving  period,
unless the terms of a series of the Notes described in the Prospectus Supplement
provide for such payments or redemptions.

The revolving period during which we may purchase  additional  student loans may
be  extended  with the  consent of the Rating  Agencies  or the  provider of any
credit enhancement for the Notes.

Redemption Provisions.
    

Each  series of the Notes will be  subject to  redemption  as  described  in the
Prospectus  Supplement.  Redemption provisions that may apply to a series of the
Notes are described below.

   
Mandatory  Redemption.  Once the revolving period has ended, we will be required
to use the principal  payments  remaining in the Acquisition Fund along with the
principal  payments  that we receive  on the  financed  student  loans to redeem
Notes.  The redemptions will be made at a price equal to the principal amount of
the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Optional  Redemption.  We may redeem Notes in our sole  discretion from interest
payments  received on financed student loans that are not needed to pay interest
on  the  Notes  and  our  expenses.  Ater  a date  specified  in the  Prospectus
Supplement,  we may sell the financed  students held in the trust estate for not
less than their principal  balance plus accrued interest and use the proceeds to
redeem the outstanding Notes.
    

   
Extraordinary Optional Redemption. We may redeem Notes in our sole discretion if
we determine that we cannot acquire  additional  student loans, that the rate of
return on financed student loans has materially decreased,  or that the costs of
administering the trust estate have placed unreasonable burdens upon our ability
to perform our obligations under the Indenture.

Optional Purchase.  We may purchase all of the Notes in our sole discretion when
the aggregate current principal balance of the Notes that remain  outstanding is
less than or equal to 20% of the  initial  aggregate  principal  balance  of the
Notes on their  respective date of original  issuance.  See  "Description of the
Notes-Optional Purchase" herein.
    
                                       v
<PAGE>

   
Partial  Redemption.  If less  than  all of the  Notes of any  series  are to be
redeemed or purchased pursuant to a mandatory redemption, an optional redemption
or an extraordinary optional redemption,  we will determine the classes of Notes
that we will redeem.  Generally,  Class A Notes will be redeemed  before Class B
Notes and Class B Notes will be redeemed before Class C Notes.  However, we have
the option of redeeming some or all of the Class B Notes before all of the Class
A Notes are  redeemed  if the ratio of our  assets  to our  liabilities  exceeds
levels  specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement.   See  "Description  of  the
Notes-Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes" herein.
    

The Student
Loans We Purchase

The student loans that we purchase will have been  originated  under the Federal
Family Education Loan Program, referred to as the FFELP, to students enrolled in
qualified accredited institutions of higher education.

   
The borrowers on most student loans are not required to make payments during the
period in which they are in school and for certain authorized periods thereafter
as described in the Higher  Education Act. The Department of Education will make
all interest payments while payments are deferred under the Higher Education Act
on certain of the student loans. For all other student loans, interest generally
will be  capitalized  and added to the principal  balance of the loan. The trust
estate will consist of student loans for which  payments are deferred as well as
student  loans for which the borrower is currently  required to make payments of
principal and interest.  The proportions of the loans in our portfolio for which
payments are deferred  and  currently in repayment  will vary through the period
that the Notes are outstanding.
    

Portfolio Characteristics

The  characteristics of the portfolio of student loans we expect to acquire with
the proceeds of the Notes of any series, and the characteristics of the existing
portfolio  held by the  Trustee  for us,  will be  described  in the  Prospectus
Supplement.

Student Loan Guarantees

   
The payment of principal and interest on all of our financed  student loans will
be  guaranteed  by  designated  Guarantee  Agencies and will be reinsured by the
United States Department of Education pursuant to the Higher Education Act. This
guarantee,  however,  is  contingent  upon  our  complying  with  a  variety  of
regulations concerning origination and servicing of the loans. Failure to follow
these regulations may result in the guarantee claim for a loan being denied. See
"Risk  Factors-Failure to Comply with Loan Origination and Servicing  Procedures
for  Student  Loans May  Result in Loss of  Guarantee  and other  Benefits"  and
"Description of the Guarantee  Agencies-Federal  Insurance and  Reimbursement of
Guarantee Agencies" herein.
    

Student  loans  originated  prior to October 1, 1993 are fully  guaranteed as to
principal and accrued  interest.  Student loans originated after October 1, 1993
are guaranteed as to 98% of principal and accrued interest.

The Higher Education Act provides that if the Secretary of Education  determines
that a Guarantee  Agency is unable to meet its  obligations to holders of loans,
such as the Trustee,  then the holders may submit  guarantee  claims directly to
the  Department of Education and the  Department of Education is required to pay
to the holders the full insurance obligation of such Guarantee Agency until such
time as the  obligations  are  transferred to a new Guarantee  Agency capable of
meeting  such  obligations,  or until a  qualified  successor  Guarantee  Agency
assumes such  obligations.  Delays in receiving  reimbursement  could occur if a
Guarantee Agency fails to meet its obligations.

Subordinated Notes

The rights of the owners of Class B Notes to receive  payments of principal  and
interest will be subordinated to such rights of the owners of the Class A Notes.
The rights of the owners of Class C Notes to receive  payments of principal  and
interest will be  subordinated to such rights of the owners of the Class B Notes
and the Class A Notes. This  subordination is intended to enhance the likelihood
of regular  receipt by the owners of the more senior Notes of the full amount of
scheduled payments of principal and interest due them and to protect such owners
against losses. See "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes" and "Summary
of Certain Provisions of the Indenture" herein.
  
                                     vi
<PAGE>

Funds

   
Revenue Fund. We will deposit in the Revenue Fund all funds that we receive with
respect to the financed  student loans.  Generally,  the funds on deposit in the
Revenue Fund will be used by us to pay the fees and expenses of the trust estate
and interest and  principal on the Notes.  We will  transfer to the  Acquisition
Fund principal  payments we receive on the financed student loans. Extra amounts
in the Revenue Fund will be  transferred  to the Reserve  Fund, to the extent of
any deficiency in the Reserve Fund. See "Security and Sources of Payment for the
Notes-Revenue Fund" herein.

Acquisition  Fund.  When we issue a series of Notes,  we will  deposit  into the
Acquisition  Fund most of the  proceeds we receive.  These funds will be used to
acquire the student loans  identified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement and
pay certain  costs  related to the issuance of such Notes.  We will also acquire
additional  student loans during the revolving  period with amounts  transferred
from the Revenue  Fund.  After the  revolving  period,  we redeem Notes with all
moneys remaining in the Acquisition Fund.

If moneys in the Revenue Fund are insufficient to pay interest, redeem Notes, or
pay expenses,  we may fund the remaining  insufficiency  from transfers from the
Acquisition Fund.

Reserve Fund.  When we issue a series of Notes, we will deposit into the Reserve
Fund an amount  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  At any time
thereafter, the amount required to be deposited in the Reserve Fund with respect
to the Notes shall be an amount specified in a Prospectus Supplement.
    

We will use moneys in the Reserve  Fund to pay  interest  and  principal  on the
Notes if there are no funds left in the other funds and accounts  created  under
the Indenture. See "Security and Sources of Payment for the Notes" herein.

   
Operating  Fund.  When we issue a series  of  Notes,  we will  deposit  into the
Operating Fund an amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Moneys
will also be  transferred  to the Operating Fund from the Revenue Fund from time
to time. Such amounts will be applied to pay our  administrative  costs and will
not secure repayment of the Notes.
    

Credit Enhancement

   
We may  establish  credit  enhancement  for a  series  of  Notes  in the form of
insurance  policies  or  surety  bonds,  subordination  of  certain  classes  or
subclasses,  one or more reserve funds,  letters of credit,  guarantees or other
arrangements  acceptable  to each rating  agency rating the Notes to provide for
coverage of certain  risks of defaults or losses,  as  described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of Credit Enhancement" herein.
    


                                      vii

<PAGE>


                                  RISK FACTORS

        You should consider the following factors regarding your purchase of the
Notes.

   
The Notes are payable solely
From the trust estate

        We will pay  interest  and  principal on the Notes solely from the funds
and assets held in the trust estate created under the Indenture. No insurance or
guarantee  of  the  Notes  will  be  provided  by  any   government   agency  or
instrumentality,  by any of our affiliates,  by any insurance  company or by any
other person or entity, except to the extent that credit enhancement is provided
for a  series  or  class  of Notes  as  described  in a  Prospectus  Supplement.
Therefore,  your  receipt of  payments  on the Notes will  depend  solely on the
amount and timing of payments and collections on the financed student loans held
in the trust estate, interest paid or earnings on the funds held in the accounts
established  pursuant to the  Indenture,  amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund
and other  funds  held in the trust  estate  and any form of credit  enhancement
described in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  You will have no additional  recourse
against us or any of our other assets if those sources of funds for repayment of
the Notes are insufficient.

Failure to comply with loan  origination  and servicing  procedures  for student
loans may result in loss of guarantee and other benefits
    

        The  Higher  Education  Act and  its  implementing  regulations  require
holders of student loans and Guarantee  Agencies  guaranteeing  student loans to
follow specified procedures in making and collecting student loans.

        If we fail to follow  these  procedures,  or if any  seller or any other
originator of our financed  student loans failed to follow the  procedures,  the
Department  of  Education  and the  Guarantee  Agencies may refuse to pay claims
submitted  by the  Trustee.  Any such  refusal  would reduce the revenues of the
trust estate and impair our ability to pay  principal and interest on the Notes.
See "Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein.

   
Risk of loss from use of shared lender identification number
    

        Every holder of loans originated under the FFELP is required to obtain a
lender identification number from the Department of Education.  The Trustee will
use the same Department of Education lender  identification number for the trust
estate that is being used by the  Trustee for another  trust that was created to
secure  repayment of other notes that we have issued.  We may create  additional
trusts in the future for which the same  lender  identification  number  will be
used.

        The Department of Education  regards the Trustee as the party  primarily
responsible  to the  Department  of Education  for any  liabilities  owed to the
Department or the Guaranty Agencies  resulting from the Trustee's  activities in
the FFELP. As a result, if the Department or a Guaranty Agency were to determine
that the Trustee owes a liability to the  Department or such Guaranty  Agency on
any student  loan  included in a trust  using the shared  lender  identification
number,  the  Department or such  Guaranty  Agency could attempt to collect that
liability  by offset  against  amounts due the Trustee  under the shared  lender
identification  number,  including  amounts  owed in  connection  with the trust
securing repayment of the Notes. Any such offset could impair our ability to pay
principal and interest on the Notes when due.

        In addition,  other trusts using the shared lender identification number
may in a given calendar quarter incur  consolidation  loan origination fees that
exceed the interest subsidy payments and special  allowance  payments payable by
the Department of Education on the loans in such other trusts,  resulting in the
aggregate payment from the Department  received by the Trustee under such lender
identification  number for that quarter equaling an amount that is less than the
amount  owed by the  Department  on the  student  loans  in the  trust  securing
repayment of the Notes for that quarter.  If we do not receive payments from the
Department  when due it may impair our ability to pay  principal and interest on
the Notes when due.

                                       1
<PAGE>


   
Risk resulting from allocating student loans among trust estates

        We have  previously  established  a trust to secure  repayment  of other
student loan  asset-backed  notes that we have issued that is separate  from the
trust  estate that will  secure the Notes  described  herein,  and we may create
additional  trusts in the future.  In the event that we are not able to purchase
student loans of acceptable  quality to fully utilize the funds available in all
of these trusts,  we may elect to allocate  available student loans to one trust
rather than another. If that were to occur so that funds in the Acquisition Fund
were not used to purchase student loans, we would be required to use those funds
to redeem Notes. See "Description of the Notes-Mandatory Redemption."

Other persons may gain a 
superior security interest 
in the student loans

        We expect to perfect the  Trustee's  security  interest in the  financed
student  loans  by  having  the  Trustee's  Custodian  take  possession  of  the
promissory  notes  relating  to those  student  loans  and by  filing  financing
statements.  The  Custodian  will be either a  servicer  or  subservicer  of the
financed  student loans. If the Custodian acts contrary to our  instructions and
releases the promissory notes to someone other than the Trustee or the Trustee's
agent, then the first priority security interest of the Trustee may be released.

        One of the Custodians will be UNIPAC,  an affiliate of Union Bank. While
we have  received a reasoned  opinion of counsel  that the  Trustee  has a first
priority  security  interest in this situation,  you should understand that this
position is not  entirely  free from  doubt.  Therefore,  if Union Bank  becomes
insolvent, our perfection in those student loans may be challenged by a receiver
of other  creditors of Union Bank. See "Certain  Relationships  Among  Financing
Participants."

Bankruptcy or insolvency 
of certain  persons could 
result in payment delays to you

        Union Financial Services-1,  Inc. is a separate subsidiary of our parent
company,  Union  Financial  Services,  Inc. We believe that our  certificate  of
incorporation  limits  our  business  operations  in such a way  that it will be
unlikely  that our assets will be  consolidated  by a bankruptcy  court with the
assets of our parent or another  affiliated  company if that other company seeks
relief  under the  bankruptcy  or  related  laws.  If a  bankruptcy  court  does
consolidate  our  assets  into the  bankruptcy  estate of our  parent or another
affiliated company,  you could expect delays in receiving payments on your Notes
and even a reduction in payments on your Notes.

        We have also taken steps to structure our loan purchases from any seller
as a "true sale" under law. A true sale helps to establish  that the loans would
not continue to be the property of the seller if the seller becomes  bankrupt or
insolvent.  If a court disagrees with this position,  we could experience delays
in receiving  payments on our student loans and you could then expect a delay in
receiving  payments on your Notes or even a reduction in payments on your Notes.
A court could also  subject the student  loans to a superior  tax or  government
lien arising before the sale of the student loans to us.

        If the seller of student loans to us is a bank and it becomes insolvent,
that  seller  would  become  subject  to  receivership  by the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation.  In that case,  the FDIC could treat the transfer of the
student  loans to us as a secured  loan rather  than as a sale.  If that were to
happen,   we  would  have  only  a  security  interest  in  the  student  loans.
Nevertheless,  we may  experience  delays in receiving  payments with respect to
those loans. In addition, the FDIC may seek a release of the loans to itself, as
receiver, which would accelerate and prepay the "loan." See "Risk Factors."
    
                                       2
<PAGE>

   
The characteristics of the portfolio of
financed student loans held in the
trust estate will change

        We intend to use the principal  payments that we receive on our financed
student loans to purchase additional student loans for the period described in a
Prospectus  Supplement.  We will attempt to maintain for our  portfolio of loans
the  aggregate  characteristics  described in the  Prospectus  Supplement  for a
series of our Notes.  However,  the actual  characteristics  of the loans in our
portfolio  will change from time to time due to factors such as repayment of the
loans  in the  normal  course  of  business,  sale or  purchase  of loans or the
occurrence of delinquencies or defaults.

Variability of our revenues
    

        The payments we receive on our financed  student  loans may be different
from the payments that are actually  due, for a variety of economic,  social and
other  reasons.  Failures by borrowers to make timely  payments of the principal
and  interest  due on the loans will affect the  revenues  of the trust  estate,
which may reduce the amounts  available to pay principal and interest due on the
Notes.

   
Maturity and yield of the Notes may be
affected by the rate of payments on the
financed student loans

        Our financed  student loans may be prepaid at any time without  penalty.
If we receive  prepayments  on our  financed  student  loans and are not able to
purchase  additional  student loans,  we will use those amounts to redeem Notes,
which  could  shorten  the  average  life of each  class of the  Notes.  Factors
affecting  prepayment of loans include general economic  conditions,  prevailing
interest  rates  and  changes  in the  borrower's  job,  such as  transfers  and
unemployment.  Prepayment  rates are also affected by refinancing  opportunities
which may provide more favorable  repayment  terms,  such as those offered under
consolidation loan programs like the federal direct  consolidation loan program.
We do not  have  sufficient  information  to be able  to  estimate  the  rate of
prepayment with respect to the financed student loans in the trust estate.
    

        Scheduled  payments with respect to, and the maturities of, our financed
student loans may be extended as authorized by the Higher  Education  Act. Also,
periods of forbearance or refinancings through consolidation loans having longer
maturities  may lengthen the remaining term of the loans and the average life of
each class of Notes.  Any  reinvestment  risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayment of loans will be borne entirely by you.

        The rate of  principal  payments  to you on the  Notes  and the yield to
maturity  of the Notes  will be  directly  related  to the rate of  payments  of
principal on our financed student loans.  Changes in the rate of prepayments may
significantly affect your actual yield to maturity,  even if the average rate of
principal  prepayments is consistent  with your  expectations.  In general,  the
earlier a  prepayment  of  principal  of a loan,  the greater the effect on your
yield to maturity.  The effect on your yield as a result of  principal  payments
occurring at a rate higher or lower than the rate  anticipated by you during the
period  immediately  following the issuance of the Notes will not be offset by a
subsequent like reduction, or increase, in the rate of principal payments.

                                       3
<PAGE>

   
Our financed student loans are unsecured
and the ability of the Guarantee Agencies to
honor their guarantees may become impaired

        The Higher  Education  Act requires that all student loans be unsecured.
As a result, the only security for payment of our financed student loans are the
guarantees provided by the Guarantee Agencies.

        A deterioration  in the financial  status of a Guarantee  Agency and its
ability to honor  guarantee  claims on  defaulted  student  loans could delay or
impair the Guarantee  Agency's  ability to make claims  payments to the Trustee.
The financial  condition of a Guarantee  Agency can be adversely  affected if it
submits a large number of  reimbursement  claims to the Department of Education,
which results in a reduction of the amount of reimbursement  that the Department
is obligated to pay the  Guarantee  Agency.  The  Department  may also require a
Guarantee  Agency to return its reserve funds to the  Department  upon a finding
that the reserves are  unnecessary  for the Guarantee  Agency to pay its program
expenses or to serve the best interests of the federal student loan program. The
inability of any Guarantee Agency to meet its guarantee obligations could reduce
the amount of principal  and  interest  paid to you as the owner of the Notes or
delay those payments past their due date.
    

        If the Department has  determined  that a Guarantee  Agency is unable to
meet its guarantee  obligations,  the loan holder may submit claims  directly to
the  Department  of  Education  and the  Department  is required to pay the full
guaranty  claim  amount  due  with  respect  thereto.  See  "Description  of the
Guarantee  Agencies"  herein.   However,  the  Department's  obligation  to  pay
guarantee  claims  directly in this fashion is  contingent  upon the  Department
making the  determination  referred to above.  The  Department may not ever make
such a  determination  with  respect to a Guarantee  Agency and , even if such a
determination  were made,  payment of such guarantee claims may not be made in a
timely manner.

   
Reliance upon sellers to deliver student
loans

        We expect to use the  proceeds  of the Notes to  acquire  portfolios  of
student loans and to use principal  receipts from our financed  student loans to
acquire  additional student loans from sellers from time to time. We also expect
that each seller will be able to make  certain  representations  and  warranties
with respect to each loan  student and that we will be able to maintain  certain
overall portfolio  characteristics in connection with such  acquisitions.  If we
are not able to use Note  proceeds or principal  payments that we receive on our
financed student loans to purchase  additional loans that meet our requirements,
we will use those amounts to redeem your Notes.
    

        Each student loan purchase  agreement  requires the seller to repurchase
its loans if the  representations and warranties made by the seller prove not to
be true or if a claim for a loan is denied  because of events  occurring  before
the sale. We cannot be certain,  however, that a seller will be financially able
to repurchase loans if called upon to do so.

   
Congressional actions may affect
our student loan portfolio
    

        The Department of Education's  authority to provide  interest  subsidies
and  federal  insurance  for loans  originated  under the Higher  Education  Act
terminates on a date specified in the Higher Education Act. The Higher Education
Act  Amendments of 1998 extended the principal  provisions of the Federal Family
Education  Loan Program to loans made on or before  September  30,  2004.  While
Congress has  consistently  extended the effective date of the Higher  Education
Act and the FFELP, it may elect not to reauthorize the  Department's  ability to
provide interest  subsidies and Federal  insurance for loans.  Such a failure of
reauthorization  would not affect the financed  student loans we then owned, but
would reduce the number of loans available for us to purchase in the future.

        Funds for payment of interest  subsidies  and other  payments  under the
FFELP are  subject to annual  budgetary  appropriation  by  Congress.  In recent
years,  federal budget  legislation  has contained  provisions  that  restricted
payments made under the FFELP to achieve reductions in federal spending.  Future
federal budget  legislation may adversely affect  expenditures by the Department
of Education, and the financial condition of the Guarantee Agencies.

                                       4
<PAGE>

   
        Congressional  amendments to the Higher  Education Act or other relevant
federal  laws,  and  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  by the  Secretary  of
Education,  may, adversely impact holders of student loans. For example, changes
might be made to the rate of  interest  paid on student  loans,  to the level of
insurance  provided by Guarantee  Agencies or to the servicing  requirements for
student loans.  See  "Description of the Federal Family  Education Loan Program"
and "Description of the Guarantee Agencies" herein.

Competition created by the Federal
Direct Student Loan Program may
impact our student loan program

        In 1992, Congress created the Federal Direct Student Loan Program. Under
this  program,  the  Department  of  Education  makes loans  directly to student
borrowers through the educational  institutions that they attend.  The volume of
student  loans made under the FFELP  available to us for purchase may be reduced
to the extent loans are made to students  under the Federal  Direct Student Loan
Program.  If the Federal Direct Student Loan Program  expands,  the servicer may
experience  increased costs due to reduced  economies of scale to the extent the
volume of loans serviced by the servicer is reduced.  Those cost increases could
affect the ability of the  servicer to satisfy  its  obligations  to service our
financed  student loans.  Loan volume  reductions  could further reduce revenues
received by the Guarantee  Agencies available to pay claims on defaulted student
loans.  The level of competition  currently in existence in the secondary market
for loans made under the FFELP could be reduced,  resulting  in fewer  potential
buyers of student loans and lower prices  available in the secondary  market for
those loans. The Department of Education is implementing a direct  consolidation
loan program,  which may further  reduce the volume of FFELP loans  available to
purchase  and may  increase  the rate of  repayment  of our student  loans.  See
"Description of the Federal Family Education Loan Program" herein.

The Class B and Class C
Notes are subordinated to
the Class A Notes

        Payments of interest and  principal on the Class B and Class C Notes are
subordinated in priority of payment to payments of interest and principal due on
the Class A Notes and  payments of interest  and  principal on the Class C Notes
are  subordinated  in priority of payments of interest and  principal due on the
Class B Notes. Under certain redemption  situations,  principal on Class B Notes
may be redeemed while Class A Notes remain  outstanding and the principal on the
Class C Notes may be redeemed while the Class A Notes and certain of the Class B
Notes remain  outstanding.  See  "Description  of the  Notes-Notice  and Partial
Redemption of Notes." Class B Notes are also  subordinated  to the Class A Notes
and the  Class C Notes  are  also  subordinate  to the  Class B Notes  as to the
direction of remedies upon an event of default.  The trust estate will not have,
nor is it permitted or expected to have,  any  significant  assets or sources of
funds other than from  payments with respect to the student  loans,  the Reserve
Fund and other funds created therein.

We may issue additional notes
secured by the trust estate

        We may issue  additional  Notes  that are  secured  by the trust  estate
pursuant  to a  supplemental  indenture,  without the consent or approval of the
owners of any Notes then outstanding.  Those additional Notes may be issued on a
parity  with or  subordinate  to any of the  Class A Notes and  senior  to, on a
parity  with or  subordinate  to the Class B or Class C Notes.  However,  before
issuing  additional  Notes,  we must receive  written  evidence from each rating
agency then rating any outstanding Notes that such rating or ratings will not be
reduced or  withdrawn  as a result of the  issuance of the  proposed  additional
Notes. See "Additional Notes" herein.
    

                                       5
<PAGE>

   
Different rates of change in interest rate indexes may affect our cash flow
    

        The  interest  rate with  respect  to the Notes of various  classes  may
fluctuate from one interest period to another in response to changes in LIBOR or
Treasury  security rates or as a result of the auction  procedures  described in
this  Prospectus.  Our student loans bear interest at the rates described herein
under  "Description  of the Federal  Family  Education  Loan Program"  which are
generally based upon the bond equivalent yield of the 91 day Treasury Bill rate.
If there is a decline in the rates payable on our financed  student  loans,  the
amount of funds  representing  interest  deposited  into the Revenue Fund may be
reduced.  If the interest rates payable on our Notes do not decline in a similar
manner and time, we may not have  sufficient  funds to pay interest on the Notes
when  it  becomes  due.  Even if  there  is a  similar  reduction  in the  rates
applicable to any series of the Notes,  there may not necessarily be a reduction
in the other  amounts  required  to be paid out of such  funds,  such as certain
administrative  expenses,  causing  payment of such  amounts to be  deferred  to
future periods.  Sufficient funds may not be available in future periods to make
up for any  shortfalls  in the  current  payments  of  interest  on the Notes or
expenses of the trust estate.

   
The Notes will be issued only in book-entry form

        Unless otherwise  specified with respect to a series of the Notes in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  each  class  of Notes  of any  series  will be
initially represented by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede
& Co., the nominee for The  Depository  Trust Company,  Cedelbank,  S.A., or the
Euroclear System,  and will not be registered in the names of the holders of the
Notes or their nominees. Because of this, unless and until definitive securities
are  issued,  holders  of such Notes will not be  recognized  by the  Trustee as
"registered  owners"  as that term is used in the  Indenture.  Until  definitive
securities  are issued,  holders of the Notes will only be able to exercise  the
rights  of  registered  owners  indirectly  through  DTC and  its  participating
organizations,  Cedelbank,  S.A.,  or  the  Euroclear  System.  See  "Book-Entry
Registration" herein.

The ratings of the Notes are not a recommendation
to purchase and may change

        It is a  condition  to our  issuance  of the Notes that they be rated as
indicated  under the caption  "Summary of the  Offering-Ratings"  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Ratings are based primarily on the  creditworthiness of
the  underlying  the student loans,  the level of  subordination,  the amount of
credit  enhancement and the legal structure of the transaction.  The ratings are
not a  recommendation  to purchase,  hold or sell any class of Notes inasmuch as
such ratings do not comment as to the market price or suitability  for you as an
investor.  An additional  rating agency may rate the Notes,  and that rating may
not be  equivalent  to the initial  rating  described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  Ratings may be lowered or withdrawn by any Rating Agency if in such
Rating Agency's judgment circumstances so warrant. See "Ratings."
    


                                       6
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

   
        The Notes of each series will be issued  pursuant to the  Indenture  and
related  Supplemental  Indenture  of  Trust  that we will  enter  into  with the
Trustee.

        The  following  description  of the  Notes  is only a  summary  of their
principal terms. It does do not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference  to, the  provisions of the Indenture and
related Supplemental Indenture. Definitions of capitalized terms can be found by
referring to the Index and Glossary of Terms.
    

General

   
        Under the Indenture, we may issue Class A Notes, Class B Notes and Class
C Notes. Class B Notes whenever issued will be subordinate to the Class A Notes,
and the Class C Notes would be  subordinate to the Class A Notes and the Class B
Notes.
    

Fixed Rate Notes

        The  Fixed  Rate  Notes  will  have a stated  maturity  set forth in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement. The Notes will bear interest from the date and
at the rate per annum  specified in the applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  The
dates on which  the  holders  of Fixed  Rate  Notes  will  receive  payments  of
principal  and  interest  will  be  specified  in  the   applicable   Prospectus
Supplement.

ARC Notes

   
        The ARC Notes will have a stated  maturity  set forth in the  applicable
Prospectus  Supplement.  ARC Notes will bear  interest at the ARC Note  Interest
Rate  from the date of their  issuance  at the rate per annum  specified  in the
Prospectus  Supplement  through  the  first  Auction  Date for such  Notes.  The
Interest  Period for ARC Notes will  initially  consist of a number of days, set
forth in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.  The interest rate for the ARC
Notes will be reset at the  interest  rate  determined  pursuant  to the Auction
Procedures  described  below,  but in no event will the rate  exceed the Maximum
Auction  Rate per  annum  set  forth in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.
Interest on the ARC Notes will accrue  daily and will be computed for the actual
number of days elapsed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days or 365 days
as specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  Interest on the ARC Notes will be
payable on the first  business day following the  expiration of each  respective
Interest  Period  for such  Notes.  The  date on  which a class of ARC  Notes is
entitled  to receive a payment  of  interest  is  referred  to as the  "Interest
Payment Date" for such Class.  Payments will be made to Registered Owners of the
ARC Notes as of the Business Day next preceding the respective Auction Date.

        Determination  of ARC Note Interest Rate.  The following  summarizes the
procedures that will be used in determining the interest rates on the ARC Notes.

        The  interest  rate on  each  class  of ARC  Notes  will  be  determined
periodically by means of a "Dutch Auction." In this Dutch Auction, investors and
potential  investors  submit orders through an eligible  Broker-Dealer as to the
principal  amount  of ARC  Notes  such  investors  wish to buy,  hold or sell at
various interest rates. The  Broker-Dealers  submit their clients' orders to the
Auction Agent, who processes all orders submitted by all eligible Broker-Dealers
and  determines  the  interest  rate  for  the  upcoming  interest  period.  The
Broker-Dealers  are notified by the Auction  Agent of the interest  rate for the
upcoming interest period and are provided with settlement  instructions relating
to purchases and sales of ARC Notes. Bankers Trust Company has been appointed to
serve as Initial Auction Agent for UFS-1 and PaineWebber Incorporated has agreed
to serve as a Broker-Dealer.
    

        In  the  auction  procedures,  the  following  types  of  orders  may be
submitted:

               (i)    "Bid/Hold  Orders"  - the  minimum  interest  rate  that a
                      current investor is willing to accept in order to continue
                      to  hold  some or all of its ARC  Notes  for the  upcoming
                      interest period;


                                       7
<PAGE>


               (ii)   "Sell  Orders" - an order by a current  investor to sell a
                      specified principal amount of ARC Notes, regardless of the
                      upcoming interest rate; and

               (iii)  "Potential Bid Orders" - the minimum  interest rate that a
                      potential  investor  (or a  current  investor  wishing  to
                      purchase  additional  ARC  Notes) is  willing to accept in
                      order to buy a specified principal amount of ARC Notes.

        If an existing  investor  does not submit orders with respect to all its
ARC Notes of the applicable class, the investor will be deemed to have submitted
a Hold  Order at the new  interest  rate for that  portion  of the ARC Notes for
which no order was received.

   
        In connection  with each  Auction,  ARC Notes will be purchased and sold
between   investors  and   potential   investors  at  a  price  equal  to  their
then-outstanding  principal  balance plus any accrued  interest.  The  following
example helps illustrate how the Auction  Procedures are used in determining the
interest rate on the ARC Notes.
    

        (a)    Assumptions:

               1.  Denominations (Units)           =  $50,000
               2.  Interest Period                 =  28 days
               3.  Principal Amount Outstanding    =  $50 Million (1000 Units)

        (b)    Summary of All Orders Received for the Auction

      Bid/Hold Orders               Sell Orders           Potential Bid Orders
- ---------------------------- ------------------- ------------------------------
          20 Units at 2.90%      100 Units Sell              40 Units at 2.95%
          60 Units at 3.02%      100 Units Sell              60 Units at 3.00%
         120 Units at 3.05%      200 Units Sell             100 Units at 3.05%
         200 Units at 3.10%      ==============             100 Units at 3.10% 
         200 Units at 3.12%           400 Units             100 Units at 3.11% 
         ==================                                 100 Units at 3.14% 
                  600 Units                                 200 Units at 3.15%
                                                            ==================
                                                                  700 Units

        Total units under existing  Bid/Hold Orders and Sell Orders always equal
issue size (in this case 1000 units).

        (c)    Auction Agent organizes Orders in Ascending Order

Order    Number   Cumulative            Order    Number of  Cumulative
Number  of Units    Total      Percent  Number     Units      Total     Percent
                    (Units)                                   (Units)
- ------ ---------- ------------ -------- -------- ---------- ----------- --------
1.          20(W)          20     2.90%       7.     200(W)         600    3.10%
2.          40(W)          60     2.95%       8.     100(W)         700    3.10%
3.          60(W)         120     3.00%       9.     100(W)         800    3.11%
4.          60(W)         180     3.02%      10.     200(W)        1000    3.12%
5.         100(W)         280     3.05%      11.     100(L)                3.14%
6.         120(W)         400     3.05%      12.     200(L)                3.15%

(W)  Winning Order    (L)  Losing Order


   
        Order #10 is the order that  clears the market of all  available  units.
All winning  orders are awarded  the winning  rate (in this case,  3.12%) as the
interest rate for the next Interest Period,  at the end of which another auction
will be held.  Multiple  orders at the winning rate are allocated units on a pro
rata basis.  Notwithstanding  the results of the  Auction,  in no event will the
interest  rate exceed the  Maximum  Auction  Rate  specified  in the  applicable
Prospectus Supplement.
    

                                       8
<PAGE>


   
        The above example assumes that a successful  auction has occurred,  that
is, that all Sell Orders and all Bid/Hold  Orders  below the new  interest  rate
were fulfilled.  In certain  circumstances,  there may be insufficient Potential
Bid  Orders  to  purchase  all  the  ARC  Notes   offered  for  sale.   In  such
circumstances, the interest rate for the upcoming Interest Period will equal the
Maximum  Auction  Rate.  Also,  if all the ARC Notes are  subject to Hold Orders
(i.e.,  each  holder of ARC Notes  wishes to  continue  holding  its ARC  Notes,
regardless of the interest  rate),  the interest rate for the upcoming  Interest
Period will equal the All Hold Rate,  which is the Applicable LIBOR - Based Rate
less 0.20%.

        If a Payment Default shall have occurred, the ARC Note Interest Rate for
the Interest Period commencing on or immediately after such Payment Default, and
for each Interest Period thereafter until such Payment Default is cured, will be
the Non-Payment Rate, which is One-Month LIBOR plus 1.50%.

        If the  Auction  Rate  for a class  of ARC  Notes  is  greater  than the
applicable  Maximum  Auction Rate, then the ARC Note Interest Rate applicable to
such ARC Notes for an Interest  Period will be the  applicable  Maximum  Auction
Rate.  If the ARC  Note  Interest  Rate  applicable  to such ARC  Notes  for any
Interest  Period is the  applicable  Maximum  Auction  Rate,  the Trustee  shall
determine the Carry-over Amount, if any, with respect to such ARC Notes for such
Interest Period.  The Carry-over Amount is generally the difference  between the
Auction  Rate and the Maximum  Auction  Rate.  The  Carry-over  Amount will bear
interest calculated at a rate equal to One-Month LIBOR from the Interest Payment
Date for the  Interest  Period with respect to which the  Carry-over  Amount was
calculated, until paid.

        The Carry-over Amount, and interest accrued thereon,  for a class of ARC
Notes will be paid by the  Trustee on the date of  defeasance  of any of the ARC
Notes of such class or an  Interest  Payment  Date if and to the extent  that on
such Interest  Payment Date there are  sufficient  moneys in the Revenue Fund to
pay all interest due on the Notes on such Interest  Payment Date and in the case
of subordinate  Notes,  payment of the interest  carryover on more senior Notes.
Any Carry-over Amount,  and any interest accrued thereon,  on any ARC Note which
is due and payable on an Interest Payment Date, which ARC Note is to be redeemed
(other than by optional redemption) on said Interest Payment Date, shall be paid
to the Registered Owner thereof on said Interest Payment Date to the extent that
moneys are available  therefor.  Any Carry-over Amount (and any interest accrued
thereon) which is not yet due and payable on said Interest Payment Date shall be
canceled  with  respect to said ARC Note that is to be  redeemed  (other than by
optional  redemption) on said Interest Payment Date and shall not be paid on any
succeeding Interest Payment Date.

        Changes in Auction Period or Periods and Certain Percentages.  While any
of the ARC Notes are outstanding,  we may, from time to time,  change the length
of the applicable  Auction Period,  in order to conform with then current market
practice  with  respect to similar  securities  or to  accommodate  economic and
financial  factors  that may affect or be  relevant to the length of the Auction
Period  and the  interest  rate  borne by the ARC Notes.  We will  initiate  the
Auction Period  Adjustment by giving written notice to the Trustee,  the Auction
Agent,  the Market Agent,  each Rating Agency and the  Securities  Depository at
least 10 days  prior to the  Auction  Date for  such  Auction  Period.  Any such
adjusted Auction Period shall not be less than 7 days nor more than 366 days.

        Changes in the Auction Date. The Market Agent,  with the written consent
of UFS-1,  may specify an earlier  Auction Date than the Auction Date that would
otherwise be  determined  with respect to an Auction  Period in order to conform
with then  current  market  practice  with respect to similar  securities  or to
accommodate economic and financial factors that may affect or be relevant to the
day of the week  constituting an Auction Date and the interest rate borne on the
ARC Notes.  The Market  Agent will  deliver a written  request  for consent to a
change in the length of the Auction  Date to UFS-1 at least 14 days prior to the
effective date of such change. If UFS-1 consents to the change, the Market Agent
will provide notice of its  determination to specify an earlier Auction Date for
one or more Auction  Periods by means of a written notice  delivered at least 10
days prior to the proposed  changed  Auction  Date to the  Trustee,  the Auction
Agent, UFS-1, each Rating Agency and the Securities Depository.
    


                                       9
<PAGE>
   
LIBOR Rate Notes

        The LIBOR Rate Notes will be dated their date of issuance  and will have
a stated maturity set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Interest on
the LIBOR Rate Notes will accrue for each Interest Period and be paid in arrears
on each Interest  Payment  Date. An "Interest  Period" with respect to the LIBOR
Rate Notes that pay interest monthly means the period  commencing on the date of
issuance of the LIBOR Rate Notes through and including the date specified in the
related Prospectus  Supplement and each period thereafter beginning on the first
day of each calendar month and ending on the last day of such calendar month. An
"Interest  Period" for LIBOR Rate Notes that pay  interest  quarterly  means the
period  commencing  on the date of issuance of the LIBOR Rate Notes  through and
including  the date  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and each
period  thereafter  beginning on the first day of a month and ending on the last
day of the specified  following month thereafter.  Except as otherwise specified
with  respect  to a series of Notes in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  an
"Interest Payment Date" for the LIBOR Rate Notes means the first Business Day of
each calendar month,  commencing on the date specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  or,  with  respect to a LIBOR Rate Note  payable  quarterly,  on the
quarterly dates set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. If any such date
is not a business day,  payments of interest will be made on the next succeeding
business day. The amount of interest payable to Registered  Owners of LIBOR Rate
Notes for any Interest Period or part thereof shall be calculated by the Trustee
on the basis of a 360-day year for the number of days actually elapsed.

        The rate of interest on the LIBOR Rate Notes for each  Interest  Period,
which  is  referred  to as the  "LIBOR-Based  Rate,"  shall be  determined  by a
calculation agent.  UFS-1 has initially  appointed  PaineWebber  Incorporated to
serve as the  calculation  agent.  The  LIBOR-Based  Rate will be the  One-Month
LIBOR,  Three-Month  LIBOR,  Six-Month  LIBOR or One-Year  LIBOR plus the margin
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The interest rate for the LIBOR
Rate Notes will be  calculated in the same manner  described  above if there has
been a Payment  Default.  The rate per annum at which interest is payable on the
LIBOR Rate Notes for any Interest  Period cannot at any time exceed the Adjusted
Student  Loan Rate with respect to such Libor Rate Notes.  The Adjusted  Student
Loan Rate means the product of

               (a) the number  obtained by dividing 365 (or 366 in the case of a
        Leap year) by the actual  number of days elapsed in an Interest  Period;
        and

               (b)    the percentage equivalent of a fraction

                      o      The  numerator  of which is equal to the sum of the
                             Expected   Interest   Collections   and  Reciprocal
                             Payments,  if any,  less  the sum of the  servicing
                             fee,  the   administration   fee,  and   Reciprocal
                             Payments,  if any,  with  respect to such  Interest
                             Period; and

                      o      The denominator of which is the aggregate principal
                             amount of  the  Notes  as  of  the last day of such
                             Interest Period.

        With respect to any Interest Period, "Expected Interest Collections" 
means the sum of,

               (a) the amount of interest accrued,  with respect to the financed
        student  loans  [for the  Collection  Period  preceding  the  applicable
        Interest Payment Date (whether or not such interest is actually paid)],

               (b) all Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance  Payments
        estimated to have  accrued  [for the  Collection  Period  preceding  the
        applicable Interest Payment Date, whether or not actually received]; and

               (c) investment  earnings [for the Collection Period preceding the
        applicable Interest Payment Date].


    

                                       10
<PAGE>

   
If the LIBOR  Rate  determined  by the  calculation  agent is  greater  than the
Adjusted Student Loan Rate, the difference will be carried forward and paid when
moneys are available in the Revenue Fund. However, no interest carryover will be
payable  unless the  aggregate  value of our  financed  student  loans and other
assets  exceeds the principal  balance of the  outstanding  Notes.  Any interest
carryover  incurred  and unpaid on an Interest  Payment  Date will be payable on
such Interest  Payment Date, but only out of funds remaining in the Revenue Fund
after payment of all interest due on the Notes,  and in the case of  subordinate
Notes, payment of the interest carryover on more senior Notes.

Treasury Rate Notes

        The  Treasury  Rate Notes will be dated their date of issuance  and will
have a stated  maturity  set  forth  in the  applicable  Prospectus  Supplement.
Interest on the Treasury Rate Notes will accrue for each Interest  Period and be
paid in arrears on each Interest Payment Date. An "Interest Period" with respect
to the Treasury Rate Notes that pay interest monthly means the period commencing
on the date of issuance of the Treasury  Rate Notes  through and  including  the
date specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement and each period thereafter
beginning on the first day of each calendar  month and ending on the last day of
such  calendar  month.  An "Interest  Period" for  Treasury  Rate Notes that pay
interest  quarterly  means the period  commencing on the date of issuance of the
Treasury  Rate Notes  through and  including  the date  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement and each period thereafter beginning on the first day of a
month and ending on the last day of the specified  following  month  thereafter.
Except  as  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a series of the Notes in the
related Prospectus Supplement,  an "Interest Payment Date" for the Treasury Rate
Notes means the first  Business Day of each  calendar  month,  commencing on the
date  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  or,  with  respect to a
Treasury Rate Note payable  quarterly,  on the quarterly  dates set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement.  If any such date is not a business day, payments
of interest will be made on the next succeeding business day.

     The amount of interest payable to Registered  Owners of Treasury Rate Notes
for any Interest Period or part thereof is the T-Bill Rate. The T-Bill Rate will
generally  be adjusted  weekly on the  calendar  day  following  each auction of
direct  obligations  of the United  States with a maturity of 13 weeks  ("91-day
Treasury Bills") and will be calculated by a calculation  agent to be the sum of
the Bond Equivalent Yield for auctions of 91-day United States Treasury Bills on
a Rate  Determination  Date (i.e.,  the first day of each calendar week on which
the United States Treasury  auctions  91-day Treasury Bills,  which currently is
the United States  Treasury's first business day of each week) for such Interest
Period, plus a spread described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Interest
on the  Treasury  Rate Notes  shall be  computed  by the  Trustee for the actual
number of days elapsed on the basis of a year  consisting of 365 or 366 days, as
applicable.

        The rate of interest on the Treasury Rate Notes for each Interest Period
will be determined by the calculation  agent in the manner described above. If a
payment  default  occurs,  the interest rate for the Treasury Rate Notes will be
the same per annum  calculated as if no such payment  default had occurred.  The
rate per annum at which  interest is payable on the Treasury  Rate Notes for any
Interest  Period  cannot at any time exceed the Adjusted  Student Loan Rate with
respect to such  Treasury Rate Notes.  The Adjusted  Student Loan Rate means the
product of

               (a) the number  obtained by dividing 365 (or 366 in the case of a
        Leap year) by the actual  number of days elapsed in an Interest  Period;
        and

               (b)    the percentage equivalent of a fraction

                    o    The  numerator  of  which  is  equal  to the sum of the
                         Expected Interest  Collections and Reciprocal Payments,
                         if  any,  less  the  sum  of  the  Servicing  Fee,  the
                         Administration  Fee, and Reciprocal  Payments,  if any,
                         with respect to such Interest Period; and
    

                                       11
<PAGE>
   

                    o    The  denominator  of which is the  aggregate  principal
                         amount of the Notes as of the last day of such Interest
                         Period.

     With respect to any Interest Period,  "Expected Interest Collections" means
     the sum of,

               (a) the amount of interest accrued,  with respect to the financed
        student  loans  [for the  Collection  Period  preceding  the  applicable
        Interest Payment Date (whether or not such interest is actually paid)],

               (b) all Interest Subsidy Payments and Special Allowance  Payments
        estimated to have  accrued  [for the  Collection  Period  preceding  the
        applicable Interest Payment Date, whether or not actually received]; and

               (c) investment  earnings [for the Collection Period preceding the
        applicable Interest Payment Date].

If the T-Bill  Rate  determined  by the  calculation  agent is greater  than the
maximum  interest rate  specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  the difference
will be carried  forward and paid when moneys are available in the Revenue Fund.
However,  no interest basis carryover will be payable unless the aggregate value
of our financed student loans and other assets exceeds the principal  balance of
our outstanding Notes. Any interest carryover incurred and unpaid on an Interest
Payment  Date will be payable on such  Interest  Payment  Date,  but only out of
funds  remaining  in the Revenue  Fund after  payment of all interest due on the
Notes, and in the case of subordinate  Notes,  payment of the interest carryover
on more senior Notes.

Accrual Notes

        Accrual  Notes  will  be  entitled  to  payments  of  accrued   interest
commencing  only on the  Interest  Payment  Date,  or under  the  circumstances,
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Prior to the time interest is
payable on any class of Accrual  Notes,  the amount of accrued  interest will be
added to the Note principal  balance thereof on each Interest  Payment Date. The
principal  balance of the  Accrual  Notes  will begin to be paid from  available
funds  received  with respect to the financed  student loans after the date that
accrued  interest  is no longer  being  added to the  principal  balance of such
Notes. Accrued interest for each Interest Payment Date will be equal to interest
at the applicable  interest rate accrued for a specified  period  (generally the
period between Interest Payment Dates) on the outstanding Note principal balance
thereof immediately prior to such Interest Payment Date.

Payments of the Notes

        The  principal of the Notes due at Maturity or  redemption in whole will
be  payable  at the  principal  office  of the  Trustee  upon  presentation  and
surrender of the Notes.  Payment of principal on any Notes in connection  with a
partial  redemption  and all interest  payments  will be made to the  Registered
Owner by check or draft  mailed on the  Interest  Payment Date by the Trustee to
the Registered Owner at his address as it last appears on the registration books
kept by the  Trustee  at the  close  of  business  on the  record  date for such
interest payment date. Any such interest not timely paid shall be payable to the
Registered  Owner at the  close of  business  on a special  record  date for the
payment of any such defaulted  interest.  A special record date will be fixed by
the Trustee  whenever  moneys  become  available  for  payment of the  defaulted
interest,  and notice of the special record date will be given to the Registered
Owners of the  Notes.  Payment  of  principal  and  interest  to the  Securities
Depository  or its nominee,  and to any other  Registered  Owner owning at least
$1,000,000  principal amount of the Notes upon written request  delivered to the
Trustee,  will be paid by wire  transfer  within the  United  States to the bank
account  number filed no later than the record date or special  record date with
the Trustee for such  purpose.  All payments on the Notes will be made in United
States Dollars.
    

                                       12
<PAGE>
   

Revolving Period

        We intend to use  principal  payments  that we receive  on the  financed
student  loans  to  purchase  additional  student  loans  for a  period  of time
specified in the Prospectus Supplement. During the revolving period, we will pay
interest on the Notes as it becomes  due.  However,  we will not make  principal
payments on the Notes or redeem Notes during the  revolving  period,  unless the
terms of a series of the Notes  described in the Prospectus  Supplement  provide
for such  payments or  redemptions.  The  revolving  period  during which we may
purchase additional student loans may be extended with the consent of the Rating
Agencies or the provider of any credit  enhancement for the Notes. The revolving
period may also be extended if we file with the Trustee a  certificate  that the
balances on hand may be invested at a rate of return until a subsequent Interest
Payment Date which,  together with other  available  revenues and cash balances,
will produce sufficient cash flows to permit the timely retirement of the Notes,
and the Trustee shall have received an approving opinion of counsel.

Mandatory Redemption

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,   the  Notes  of  a  series  are  subject  to  mandatory
redemption,  in whole or in part, on the first Interest  Payment Date subsequent
to the end of the  revolving  period  from  principal  payments  received on the
financed  student  loans  and  other  excess  revenues  then on  deposit  in the
Acquisition Fund. The Notes of a series are also subject to mandatory redemption
on the Interest Payment Date specified with respect to the series in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  in an  amount  equal to the  proceeds  from sale of the
Notes,  if any, not previously  used to purchase  student loans that are held in
the Acquisition  Fund. The redemption price to be paid for the Notes will be the
principal  amount  thereof  plus accrued  interest.  We will not be obligated to
mandatorily  redeem  Notes with funds on deposit in the  Acquisition  Fund if we
file with the Trustee a certificate  that the balances may be invested at a rate
of return until a subsequent  Interest  Payment Date which,  together with other
available  revenues and cash  balances,  will produce  sufficient  cash flows to
permit the timely  retirement of the Notes,  and the Trustee shall have received
an approving opinion of counsel.  Mandatory redemptions will be made solely from
moneys available  therefor in the Acquisition Fund and only as provided above in
this paragraph. We are not required to provide any direction to the Trustee with
respect to a mandatory redemption.

        See "Notice and Partial  Redemption  of Notes" below for a discussion of
the order in which Notes of any Series will be redeemed.

Optional Redemption

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  a  series  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement, the Notes of such series are subject to redemption at our
sole  discretion,  from funds received by the Trustee  constituting  interest on
financed  student  loans  remaining  in the  Revenue  Fund after all other prior
required  payments  have  been  made  from the  Revenue  Fund.  The Notes may be
optionally  redeemed in whole or in part, on or after the date set forth in such
Prospectus Supplement at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the
Notes being redeemed,  plus interest accrued, if any, to the date of redemption.
Any  limitations  on  optional  redemptions  of the Notes of any series  will be
described in the Prospectus  Supplement  related to such series. See "Notice and
Partial  Redemption of Notes" below for a discussion of the order in which Notes
will be redeemed.

                                     Rider A

      If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, all remaining student
loans held in the the trut estate will be offered for sale by the Trustee on any
Interest  Payment Date occurring on or after a date specified in such Prospectus
Supplement.  The intial seller of the student loans and unrelated  third parties
may offer bids for the student  loans.  The Trustee  will accept the highest bid
equal to or in excess of the aggregate  principal  plus accrued  interst of such
student loans as of the end of the Collection Period  immediately  preceding the
related  Interest Payemnt Date. The proceeds of such sale will be used to redeem
all outstanding Notes.
    



                                       13
<PAGE>

   

Extraordinary Optional Redemption

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a series in the  related
Prospectus   Supplement,   the  Notes  of  such  series  are  also   subject  to
extraordinary optional redemption, at our sole discretion,  from any unallocated
and  available  moneys  remaining in the trust estate,  on any Interest  Payment
Date,  if we  reasonably  determine  that we are  unable to  acquire  additional
student  loans,  that the rate of  return  on the  financed  student  loans  has
materially  decreased,  or that the costs of administering the trust estate have
placed  unreasonable  burdens upon our ability to perform our obligations  under
the Indenture.  An extraordinary optional redemption of the Notes may be made in
whole or in part,  and any such  redemption  will be made at a redemption  price
equal to the principal  amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued interest
to the date of  redemption.  See "Notice and Partial  Redemption of Notes" below
for a discussion of the order in which such Notes will be redeemed. We expect to
exercise  the  extraordinary  option to redeem Notes only if changes are made to
the Higher  Education Act or changes  occur in the financial  markets or student
loan markets  which we deem to be  materially  adverse to the trust  estate.  In
determining whether to exercise the extraordinary optional redemption provision,
we will  consider all of the facts and  circumstances  existing at the time with
respect to any changes to the Higher  Education  Act which  would be  materially
adverse to the trust estate such that the  Noteholders of any or all series,  in
our  reasonable  determination,  would  suffer a loss or  material  delay in the
receipt of  principal  or  interest  payments  when due if the  Trustee  were to
continue  acquiring  financed  student  loans  from  moneys  on  deposit  in the
Acquisition Fund.

Optional Purchase

        Unless  otherwise  specified  with  respect  to a series in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  we may purchase or cause to be  purchased,  at our sole
discretion,  all of the Notes of such  series on any  Interest  Payment  Date on
which the aggregate current principal balance of the Notes shall be less than or
equal to 20% of the initial  aggregate  principal  balance of the Notes on their
respective date of issuance. The purchase will be made at a purchase price equal
to the aggregate  current principal balance of such Notes, plus accrued interest
on the Notes through the day  preceding  the Interest  Payment Date on which the
purchase  occurs.  The purchase shall occur on the related Interest Payment Date
following  the date on which  funds  sufficient  to pay the  purchase  price are
deposited with the Trustee.  All Notes which are purchased  shall be canceled by
the  Trustee  and be  disposed  of in a manner  satisfactory  to the Trustee and
UFS-1.

 Notice and Partial Redemption of Notes

        The Trustee will provide notice of any redemption or purchase by mailing
a copy of the redemption or purchase notice to the Registered  Owner of any Note
being  redeemed or  purchased,  and to the Auction Agent with respect to the ARC
Notes designated for redemption or purchase, at their address as it appears upon
the  registration  books,  not  less  than 15 days  prior to the  redemption  or
purchase date.

        If less  than  all of the  Notes of any  series  are to be  redeemed  or
purchased,  we will  determine  the  Notes of each  class of such  series  to be
redeemed  or  purchased.  Generally,  all of the Class A Notes will be  redeemed
prior to redemption  of any Class B Notes,  and all of the Class B Notes will be
redeemed  before any of the Class C Notes are redeemed.  However,  we may redeem
Class B Notes while Class A Notes remain  outstanding  if after such  redemption
the aggregate market value of the assets held in the trust estate will equal the
percentage  of all  Class A  Notes  then  outstanding  that  is  specified  in a
Prospectus  Supplement.  Similarly,  we may redeem  Class C Notes  while Class A
Notes and Class B Notes remain outstanding if after such redemption of the Class
C Notes,  the aggregate market value of the assets held in the trust estate will
equal the  percentage  of all Class A Notes and Class B Notes  then  outstanding
that is specified in a Prospectus Supplement.

Accelerated Maturity of Notes

        If an event of  default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the
Trustee may declare,  or upon the written  direction by the Registered Owners of
at  least  51% of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Highest
Priority Notes then outstanding  shall declare,  the principal of all Notes then
outstanding,  and the interest thereon, immediately due and payable, anything in
the Notes or in the Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding.
    
                                       14
<PAGE>
   

                  SECURITY AND SOURCES OF PAYMENT FOR THE NOTES

General

        The Notes are limited obligations of UFS-1 secured by and payable solely
from the trust estate. The following assets serve as security for the Notes:

        o      Revenues, consisting of all principal payments, proceeds, charges
               and other  income  received by the Trustee or UFS-1 on account of
               any  financed  student  loan  (including,  but  not  limited  to,
               scheduled,  delinquent and advance  payments of and any insurance
               proceeds with respect to,  interest,  including  Interest Benefit
               Payments,  on financed  student  loans and any Special  Allowance
               Payments  received  by UFS-1 or the Trustee  with  respect to any
               financed  student loan) and investment  income from all Funds and
               any proceeds from the sale of other  disposition of such financed
               student loans;

        o       All moneys and investments held in the Funds; and

        o      Financed  student loans purchased with money from the Acquisition
               Fund or otherwise  acquired or originated and pledged or credited
               to the Acquisition Fund.

        In addition,  the trust  estate may also consist of certain  rights that
provide credit  enhancement (for example,  the right to draw under any letter of
credit or guarantee insurance) as described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.

Flow of Funds

        The  following  Funds will be created by the  Trustee for the benefit of
the Registered Owners:

        o       Revenue Fund

        o       Acquisition Fund

        o       Reserve Fund

        An Operating  Fund was  established  by UFS-1 and does not  constitute a
Fund within the meaning of the Indenture. Neither the Trustee nor the Registered
Owners have any right, title or interest in the Operating Fund.

        All funds  received  with  respect  to the  financed  student  loans are
initially  deposited in the Revenue Fund and  allocated  between  principal  and
interest.  The principal portion is subsequently  transferred to the Acquisition
Fund.

        Set forth on the  following  page is a diagram  of the flow of  Revenues
received on the financed student loans.

    
                                       15
<PAGE>


        Note Sale Proceeds deposited to ACQUISITION FUND, REVENUE FUND,
                RESERVE FUND (A) and OPERATING FUND as required

                              ACQUISITION FUND (B)
Student
Loan
Revenue
and all other Revenue(C)

                                  REVENUE FUND

                                          OPERATING FUND   Program Expenses(D)

                                           Recoveries of Principal to 
                                           ACQUISITION FUND prior to end
                                           of Recycling Period

                    Transfer of Funds

1.  Interest due on Senior Notes and Senior Issuer Derivative Payments
2. Principal and/or Premium due on Senior Notes
3. Interest due on Subordinate Notes and Subordinate Issuer Derivative Payments
4. Principal and/or Premium due on Subordinate Notes
5. Interest  due on  Junior-Subordinate  Notes  and  Junior-Subordinate  Issuer
   Derivative Payments 
6. Principal and/or Premium due on Junior-Subordinate  Notes
7. RESERVE FUND  replenishment,  if necessary 
8. To the  ACQUISITION  FUND, upon Issuer Order 
9. Excess over ____% parity to Issuer, upon Issuer Order

(A)  To pay insufficiencies of Principal and/or Premium, Interest on Notes and 
     Issuer Derivative Payments

(B)   Upon  Issuer  Order,   REVENUE  FUND  Deposit,   if  REVENUE  FUND  is
      insufficient for Transfer of Fund items 1-7

      Upon Issuer Order, RESERVE FUND Deposit, if RESERVE FUND is utilized
      for Transfer of Fund items 1-6 (should REVENUE FUND be insufficient)

      To redeem Notes after Recycling Period

      To purchase Eligible Loans prior to end of Recycling Period


(C)  All Recoveries of Principal,  payments,  proceeds, charges and other income
     received by the  Trustee or the Issuer  from or on account of any  Financed
     Eligible Loan (including scheduled,  delinquent and advance payments of and
     any insurance proceeds with respect to interest, including Interest Benefit
     Payments,  on any Financed  Eligible Loan and any Special Allowance Payment
     received by the Issuer with respect to any Financed  Eligible Loan) and all
     interest earned or gain realized from the investment of amounts in any Fund
     or Account and all payments received by the Issuer pursuant to a Derivative
     Product.

(D)  See definition of "Program Expenses" included within this document


                                       16
<PAGE>

   

Acquisition Fund; Purchase and Sale of Financed Student Loans

        We will deposit proceeds of any Notes into the Acquisition  Fund. Moneys
may  also be  transferred  to the  Acquisition  Fund  from the  Revenue  Fund as
described  below under  "Revenue  Fund."  Financed  student loans pledged to the
trust  estate will be held by the  Trustee or its agent or bailee and  accounted
for as a part of the Acquisition Fund.

        Moneys on deposit in the  Acquisition  Fund will be used to pay costs of
issuance of the Notes,  to redeem Notes in accordance with the provisions of any
Supplemental  Indenture,  and to acquire student loans.  See "Description of the
Notes - Revolving Period." If we determine that all or any portion of the moneys
held in the  Acquisition  Fund  cannot be used to  purchase  additional  student
loans,  then we may redeem Notes in accordance with any Supplemental  Indenture.
See "Description of the Notes - Mandatory Redemption."

        If on any Note Payment Date there are not  sufficient  moneys on deposit
in the Revenue Fund to make payments of principal and interest due on the Notes,
then the amount of any such deficiency will be transferred  from the Acquisition
Fund.

        While UFS-1 will be the beneficial  owner of the financed  student loans
and the Registered  Owners will have a security  interest  therein,  the Trustee
will be the  legal  owner  thereof  and will  have a  security  interest  in the
financed  student loans for and on behalf of the  Registered  Owners.  The notes
representing  the financed student loans will be held in the name of the Trustee
for the account of UFS-1, for the benefit of the Registered Owners.

Revenue Fund

        The Trustee will deposit into the Revenue Fund all Revenues derived from
financed  student loans,  and all other Revenue derived from moneys or assets on
deposit in the Acquisition  Fund, the Reserve Fund, all Reciprocal  Payments and
any other amounts as directed by UFS-1.

        We may  transfer  moneys  in the  Revenue  Fund to the  Operating  Fund,
subject to the limitation described under "Operating Fund" below.

        On each Note  Payment Date and  Derivative  Payment  Date,  money in the
Revenue  Fund will be used and  transferred  to other  funds or  persons  in the
following order of precedence:

               1. on a parity basis, to pay interest due on any Class A Notes on
        such Note Payment Date and any Company  Derivative  Payment secured on a
        parity with the Class A Notes due on such Derivative Payment Date;

               2. on a parity basis, to pay the principal of or premium, if any,
        on any Class A Notes due on such Note Payment Date (if such Note Payment
        Date is a Stated maturity or mandatory sinking fund redemption date with
        respect to such Class A Notes);

               3. on a parity basis, to pay interest due on any Class B Notes on
        such Note Payment Date and any Company  Derivative  Payment secured on a
        parity with the Class B Notes due on such Derivative Payment Date;

               4. on a parity basis, to pay the principal of or premium, if any,
        on any Class B Notes due on such Note Payment Date (if such Note Payment
        Date is a Stated maturity or mandatory sinking fund redemption date with
        respect to such Class B Notes);

               5. on a parity  basis,  to pay  interest on Class C Notes on such
        Note Payment Date and to make any Company  Derivative Payment secured on
        a parity with such Class C Notes due on such Derivative Payment Date;


    

                                       17
<PAGE>


   

               6. on a parity basis, to pay the principal of or premium, if any,
        on any Class C Notes due on such Note Payment Date (if such Note Payment
        Date is a Stated maturity or mandatory sinking fund redemption date with
        respect to such Class C Notes);

               7. to the Reserve Fund the amount,  if any,  described under 
       "Reserve Fund" below;

               8.     at the option of UFS-1, to the Acquisition Fund; and

               9.     at the option of UFS-1, to UFS-1 to the extent permitted
        under "Transfers to UFS-1" below.

Reserve Fund

        Upon the sale of each Class of Notes,  the Trustee  will  deposit to the
Reserve Fund the amount, if any, specified in each Supplemental  Indenture.  The
Trustee also will  deposit  into the Reserve Fund amounts as described  above in
"Revenue  Fund" until the amount in the Reserve  Fund equals the level that will
be described in a  Supplemental  Indenture.  On each Note Payment  Date,  to the
extent there are insufficient  moneys in the Revenue Fund to make payment of the
principal and interest then due on the Notes, then the amount of such deficiency
shall be paid  directly  from the  Reserve  Fund  after any  transfers  from the
Acquisition Fund.

        If the  Reserve  Fund is used  for the  purposes  described  above,  the
Trustee will restore the Reserve Fund to the Reserve Fund requirement  specified
in a Prospectus  Supplement by transfers  from the Revenue Fund on the next Note
Payment  Date.  If the full amount  required to restore the Reserve  Fund to the
Reserve  Fund  requirement  is not  available  in the  Revenue  Fund on the next
succeeding  Note Payment Date, the Trustee shall continue to transfer funds from
the Revenue Fund as they become  available  until the  deficiency in the Reserve
Fund has been eliminated.

        On any day that the amount in the Reserve  Fund exceeds the Reserve Fund
requirement for any reason, the Trustee, at the direction of UFS-1 will transfer
the excess to the Acquisition Fund.

Operating Fund

        The Trustee  will deposit to the  Operating  Fund or transfer to UFS-1's
depository  bank if not the  Trustee,  the  amount,  if any,  specified  in each
Supplemental  Indenture.  The  Operating  Fund is a special  fund created with a
depository bank of UFS-1 and shall be used to pay Program Expenses of UFS-1.

        The amount  deposited in the Operating Fund by transfer from the Revenue
Fund and, if necessary,  from the Acquisition Fund, and the schedule of deposits
will be determined  by UFS-1,  but the amount so  transferred  in any one fiscal
year may not exceed the amount budgeted by UFS-1 for such fiscal year, and shall
not exceed the amount  designated  in the cash  flows  provided  to each  Rating
Agency.  UFS-1 will provide the Trustee with an Company  Order from time to time
as to the amount to be transferred.

Transfers to UFS-1

        Transfers  from  the  Revenue  Fund  may be made to UFS-1 if there is on
deposit  in the  Reserve  Fund an  amount  equal to at least  the  Reserve  Fund
requirement.  Additionally,  transfers may be made to UFS-1 only if  immediately
after taking into account any such transfer,  the aggregate  market value of the
assets  in the  trust  estate  will be equal to such  percentage  of the  unpaid
principal  amount of the Notes  outstanding,  as are  acceptable  to each Rating
Agency then rating the Notes, as evidenced by a confirmation of their ratings.

Investment of Funds Held by Trustee

        Amounts  credited to any Fund will be  invested by the Trustee  upon our
order in investment securities described in the Indenture. In the absence of any
such  direction and to the extent  practicable,  the Trustee will invest amounts
held under the  Indenture  in direct  obligations  of, or in  obligations  fully
guaranteed by, the United States.
    


                                       18
<PAGE>

   
        The Trustee is not  responsible  or liable for any losses on investments
made by it or for keeping all Funds held by it fully invested at all times.  Its
only  responsibility  is  to  comply  with  our  investment  instructions  in  a
non-negligent manner.

Purchase of Notes

        Any amounts held under the Indenture which are available to redeem Notes
may instead be used to purchase  Notes  outstanding  under the  Indenture at the
same times and subject to the same  conditions  (except as to price) as apply to
the redemption of Notes, except that such purchases made with amounts held under
the  Indenture  shall be made only if the purchase  price shall be less than the
required redemption price.
    

                             BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

        DTC,  located in New York, New York, is to act as Securities  Depository
for the book entry Notes of any Series.  Unless otherwise specified with respect
to a Series,  the  Notes of each  Series  are to be  issued as fully  registered
securities  registered  in the  name of Cede & Co.  One  fully  registered  bond
certificate  is to be issued for each Class of the Notes or any  Series,  as set
forth in the cover page hereof,  each in the aggregate  principal amount of such
Class, and is to be deposited with DTC.

        DTC is a  limited-purpose  trust  company  organized  under the New York
Banking Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking
Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning  of the New  York  Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and a  "clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act. DTC holds  securities that its participants  ("Participants")  deposit with
DTC. DTC also  facilitates  the  settlement  among  Participants  of  securities
transactions,  such as transfers  and pledges in deposited  securities,  through
electronic computerized  book-entry changes in Participants'  accounts,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical  movement of securities  certificates.  Direct
Participants  include  securities  brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations.  DTC is owned by a number
of its  direct  Participants  and by the New  York  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  the
American  Stock  Exchange,  Inc.,  and the National  Association  of  Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  Access to the DTC  system is also  available  to others  such as
securities brokers and dealers,  banks and trust companies that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct Participant,  either directly or
indirectly  ("Indirect  Participants").  The  rules  applicable  to DTC  and its
Participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

        Purchases  of the Notes  under the DTC system must be made by or through
Direct  Participants,  which  are to  receive  a credit  for the  Notes on DTC's
records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each Series of Notes
("Beneficial  Owner")  is in turn to be  recorded  on the  Direct  and  Indirect
Participants' records.  Beneficial Owners shall not receive written confirmation
from DTC of their  purchase,  but  Beneficial  Owners  are  expected  to receive
written confirmations providing details of the transaction,  as well as periodic
statements of their holdings,  from the Direct or Indirect  Participant  through
which the Beneficial Owner entered into the transaction.  Transfers of ownership
interests  in the Notes are to be  accomplished  by entries made on the books of
Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial Owners.  Beneficial Owners shall not
receive certificates representing their ownership interests in the Notes, except
in the event  that use of the  book-entry  system for the Series of any Notes is
discontinued.

        To facilitate subsequent transfers,  all Notes deposited by Participants
with DTC are registered in the name of DTC's partnership nominee, Cede & Co. The
deposit of such Notes with DTC and their  registration in the name of Cede & Co.
effect no change in  beneficial  ownership.  DTC has no  knowledge of the actual
Beneficial  Owners of Notes;  DTC's  records  reflect  only the  identity of the
Direct Participants to whose accounts such Notes are credited,  which may or may
not be the Beneficial  Owners.  The Participants  remain responsible for keeping
account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

        Conveyance  of  notices  and  other  communications  by  DTC  to  Direct
Participants,  by Direct  Participants to Indirect  Participants,  and by Direct
Participants  and Indirect  Participants  to  Beneficial  Owners are governed by
arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory  requirements as
may be in effect from time to time.



                                       19
<PAGE>

        Redemption  notices  shall be sent to Cede & Co.  If less  than all of a
Class of the  Notes of any  Series  are being  redeemed,  DTC's  practice  is to
determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct  Participant  in such
Class to be redeemed.

   
        Neither  DTC nor Cede & Co.  will  consent  or vote with  respect to the
Notes of any Series.  Under its usual procedures,  DTC mails an omnibus proxy to
UFS-1 or Trustee, as appropriate, as soon as possible after the record date. The
omnibus proxy  assigns Cede & Co.'s  consenting or voting rights to those Direct
Participants to whose accounts the Notes are credited on the record date.

        Principal  and  interest  payments  on the  Notes are to be made to DTC.
DTC's  practice is to credit  Direct  Participant's  accounts on the due date in
accordance with their respective  holdings shown on DTC's records unless DTC has
reason to believe that it will not receive payment on the due date.  Payments by
Participants  to  Beneficial  Owners are governed by standing  instructions  and
customary  practices,  as is the case with  securities  held for the accounts of
customers  in bearer  form or  registered  in  "street  name,"  and shall be the
responsibility of such Participant and not of DTC, the Trustee or UFS-1, subject
to any  statutory or  regulatory  requirements  as may be in effect from time to
time. Payment of principal and interest to DTC is the responsibility of UFS-1 or
the Trustee,  disbursement of such payments to Direct  Participants shall be the
responsibility  of DTC,  and  disbursement  of such  payments to the  Beneficial
Owners shall be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect Participants.

        DTC may discontinue providing its services as Securities Depository with
respect  to the Notes of any Series at any time by giving  reasonable  notice to
UFS-1 or the Trustee.  Under such  circumstances,  in the event that a successor
securities  depository is not  obtained,  note  certificates  are required to be
printed and delivered.
    

        Cedelbank,  societe anonyme ("CEDEL") is incorporated  under the laws of
Luxembourg  as  a  professional  depository.  CEDEL  holds  securities  for  its
participating organizations ("CEDEL Participants") and facilitates the clearance
and settlement of securities  transactions  between CEDEL  Participants  through
electronic  book-entry  changes  in  accounts  of  CEDEL  Participants,  thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates.  Transactions may be
settled in CEDEL in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL
provides  to  its  CEDEL   Participants,   among  other  things,   services  for
safekeeping,  administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing.  CEDEL interfaces with domestic
markets in several countries. As a professional depository,  CEDEL is subject to
regulation  by  the  Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.   CEDEL  Participants  are
recognized  financial  institutions  around the world,  including  underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers,  banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations
and certain other  organizations.  Indirect access to CEDEL is also available to
others, such as banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial  relationship with a CEDEL Participant,  either directly
or indirectly.

        The  Euroclear  System   ("Euroclear")  was  created  in  1968  to  hold
securities for participants of Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear
and settle  transactions  between Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous
electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for
physical  movement  of  certificates  and any  risk  from  lack of  simultaneous
transfers  of  securities  and cash.  Transactions  may be  settled in any of 27
currencies,  including United States dollars.  Euroclear  includes various other
services,  including  securities  lending  and  borrowing  and  interfaces  with
domestic markets in several countries  generally similar to the arrangements for
cross-market  transfers with DTC described  above.  Euroclear is operated by the
Brussels,  Belgium  office of Morgan  Guaranty  Trust  Company  of New York (the
"Euroclear  Operator",  under contract with Euroclear  Clearance Systems S.C., a
Belgian  cooperative   corporation  (the  "Cooperative").   All  operations  are
conducted by the  Euroclear  Operator,  and all Euroclear  securities  clearance
accounts and Euroclear  cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear  Operator,
not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on behalf
of Euroclear Participants.  Euroclear Participants include banks, central banks,
securities brokers and dealers and other professional financial  intermediaries.
Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to other firms that clear through
or  maintain a  custodial  relationship  with a  Euroclear  Participant,  either
directly or indirectly.


                                       20
<PAGE>

        The  Euroclear  Operator  is the  Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

        Securities  clearance  accounts  and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear, withdrawals of securities
and cash from the Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities
in Euroclear.  All  securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific  certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The  Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of
Euroclear Participants and has no record of or relationship with persons holding
through Euroclear Participants.

        Distributions with respect to Notes held through CEDEL or Euroclear will
be credited to the cash accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants
in accordance  with the relevant  system's rules and  procedures,  to the extent
received  by its  Depositary  (as defined  below).  Such  distributions  will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance  with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any
other action permitted to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture on behalf
of a CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant  only in accordance  with the
relevant rules and procedures and subject to the relevant  Depositary's  ability
to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.

   
        Noteholders  may hold their Notes in the United States through DTC or in
Europe through CEDEL or Euroclear if they are  participants of such systems,  or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.
    

        The Notes will  initially be  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of
their  participants  through  customers'  securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and
Euroclear's  names on the books of their respective  depositaries  which in turn
will hold such positions in customers'  securities accounts in the depositaries'
names on the books of DTC.  Citibank,  N.A.  ("Citibank") will act as depositary
for CEDEL and Morgan  Guaranty Trust Company of New York  ("Morgan") will act as
depositary for Euroclear (in such  capacities,  individually,  the  "Depositary"
and, collectively, the "Depositaries").

        Transfers between  Participants will occur in accordance with DTC Rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

        Because of  time-zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a CEDEL  Participant
or Euroclear Participant to a Participant will be received with value on the DTC
settlement  date but will be available in the relevant  CEDEL or Euroclear  cash
account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC. For information
with respect to tax documentation procedures for the Notes, see "Certain Federal
Income Tax  Consequences--Trusts  for Which a Partnership  Election Is Made--Tax
Consequences to Holders of the Notes--Foreign Holders" in the Prospectus.



                                       21
<PAGE>

        Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding  directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  Rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing system by its Depositary;  however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system  by the  counterparty  in such  system in  accordance  with its rules and
procedures and within its established  deadlines  (European  time). The relevant
European  international  clearing  system  will,  if the  transaction  meets its
settlement  requirements,  deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final  settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving  securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds  settlement  applicable to DTC. CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions to the Depositaries.

        DTC has advised the Administrator that it will take any action permitted
to be taken by a Noteholder under the Indenture, only at the direction of one or
more Participants to whose accounts with DTC the Notes are credited.

        Although  DTC,   CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures  in order to  facilitate  transfers  of  interests in the Notes among
participants  of DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear,  they are under no  obligation  to
perform or  continue  to perform  such  procedures  and such  procedures  may be
discontinued at any time.

        DTC management is aware that some computer  applications,  systems,  and
the like for  processing  dates  ("Systems")  that are  dependent  upon calendar
dates,  including  dates before,  on, and after  January 1, 2000,  may encounter
"Year 2000 problems." DTC has informed its Participants and other members of the
financial community (the "Industry") that it has developed and is implementing a
program  so that its  Systems,  as the same  relate  to the  timely  payment  of
distributions  (including  principal  and income  payments) to  securityholders,
book-entry  deliveries,  and  settlement of trades within DTC ("DTC  Services"),
continue to function appropriately. This program includes a technical assessment
and a  remediation  plan,  each of which is complete.  Additionally,  DTC's plan
includes a testing phase,  which is expected to be completed within  appropriate
time frames.

        However,  DTC's  ability  to  perform  properly  its  services  is  also
dependent  upon other  parties,  including  but not limited to issuers and their
agents,  as well as third  party  vendors  on whom  DTC  licenses  software  and
hardware,  and third  party  vendors on whom DTC relies for  information  or the
provision  of  services,  including  telecommunication  and  electrical  utility
service  providers,  among  others.  DTC has informed  the  Industry  that it is
contacting  (and will  continue to contact)  third party  vendors  from whom DTC
acquires services to:

     o    impress  upon them the  importance  of such  services  being Year 2000
          compliant; and

     o    determine the extent of their efforts for Year 2000  remediation  and,
          as appropriate,  testing of their services. In addition, DTC is in the
          process of developing such contingency plans as it deems appropriate.

        According  to DTC,  the  information  set  forth  in the  preceding  two
paragraphs about DTC has been provided to the Industry by DTC for  informational
purposes  only and is not  intended  to serve as a  representation,  warranty or
contract modification of any kind.

        None of the trust,  the seller,  the servicer,  the  administrator,  the
eligible lender trustee, the indenture trustee or the underwriters will have any
responsibility  or  obligation  to  any  participants,   Cedel  participants  or
Euroclear participants or the persons for whom they act as nominees with respect
to

     o    the accuracy of any records  maintained by DTC,  Cedel or Euroclear or
          any participant,

     o    the  payment by DTC,  Cedel or  Euroclear  or any  participant  of any
          amount due to any beneficial  owner in respect of the principal amount
          or interest on the senior notes,



                                       22
<PAGE>



     o    the  delivery  by any  participant,  Cedel  participant  or  Euroclear
          participant of any notice to any beneficial owner which is required or
          permitted  under the terms of the indenture or the trust  agreement to
          be given to senior  noteholders  or o any other action taken by DTC as
          the senior noteholder.

   
        UFS-1  may  decide  to  discontinue  use of the  system  of  book  entry
transfers through DTC or a successor securities depository.  In that event, note
certificates are to be printed and delivered.
    


                                ADDITIONAL NOTES

   
        UFS-1  may,  upon  complying  with  the  provisions  of  the  Indenture,
authenticate and deliver from time to time additional Notes secured by the trust
estate on a parity with or subordinate to either the Class A Notes,  the Class B
Notes or the  Class C Notes,  if any.  In  addition  UFS-1  may  enter  into any
Derivative Product it deems necessary or desirable with respect to any or all of
the Notes.  These  actions  may be taken by UFS-1  without  the  approval of the
holders of any outstanding Notes.

        We will not issue additional Notes unless the following  conditions have
been satisfied:

               o      UFS-1 and the Trustee  have  entered  into a  Supplemental
                      Indenture  providing the terms and forms of the additional
                      Notes.

               o      The Trustee has received a rating  confirmation  from each
                      Rating   Agency   which  has  assigned  a  rating  to  any
                      outstanding  Notes that such rating will not be reduced or
                      withdrawn  as a result  of the  issuance  of the  proposed
                      additional Notes.

               o      The  Trustee  has  received  an  opinion of counsel to the
                      effect  that  all  of  the  foregoing  conditions  to  the
                      issuance  of  the  proposed  additional  Notes  have  been
                      satisfied.
    

        The Trustee is authorized pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture to
establish any additional  Funds under the Indenture  which it deems necessary or
convenient in connection with the issuance and delivery of any additional Notes.

                 SUMMARY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE INDENTURE

   
        We will issue the Notes pursuant to an Indenture of Trust between us and
the  Trustee.  Each series of Notes will be issued  pursuant  to a  Supplemental
Indenture  of Trust  applicable  to such  series as  indicated  in a  Prospectus
Supplement.  The following is a summary of certain  provisions of the Indenture.
This summary does not purport to be  comprehensive  and reference should be made
to the Indenture for a full and complete statement of the provisions thereof.
    

Parity and Priority of Lien

   
        The provisions,  covenants and agreements set forth in the Indenture are
generally  for the equal  benefit,  protection  and  security of the  Registered
Owners of all of the Notes.  All of the Notes,  regardless  of the time of their
issuance  or  maturity,  are of  equal  rank  without  preference,  priority  or
distinction.  However, the Supplemental Indenture for a series of the Notes will
give the Class A Notes  priority over the Class B Notes with respect to payments
of principal and interest, and the Class B Notes priority over the Class C Notes
with respect to payments of principal and interest.

Student Loans Held in Trust Estate

        Financed student loans may be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of
by the Trustee free from the lien of the Indenture at any time if the Trustee is
provided with the following:
    


                                       23
<PAGE>

   

     1.   a Company  Order  stating the sale price and  directing  that financed
          student  loans be  sold,  transferred  or  otherwise  disposed  of and
          delivered.

     2.   a certificate  signed by an authorized  representative of UFS-1 to the
          effect that:

               o    the  disposition  price  is  equal  to or in  excess  of the
                    principal amount of the financed student loans (plus accrued
                    interest)  or equal to or in  excess of the  purchase  price
                    paid by for such  financed  student  loans  (less  principal
                    payments  received  with  respect to such  financed  student
                    loan); or

               o    the disposition  price is lower than the principal amount of
                    the financed student loans (plus accrued interest), and

               o    UFS-1 reasonably  believes that the Revenues  expected to be
                    received (after giving effect to such disposition)  would be
                    at  least  equal to the  Revenues  expected  to be  received
                    assuming  no  such  sale,   transfer  or  other  disposition
                    occurred, or

               o    UFS-1 remains able to pay debt service on the Notes and make
                    payment on any other  Obligations  on a timely  basis (after
                    giving effect to such sale,  transfer or other  disposition)
                    whereas  it would  not have  been  able to do so on a timely
                    basis if it had not sold,  transferred  or  disposed  of the
                    financed student loans at such discounted amount, or

               o    the aggregate market value of the trust estate (after giving
                    effect to such sale,  transfer or other disposition) will be
                    at least equal to 100% of the aggregate  principal amount of
                    the Notes and other Obligations plus accrued interest, or

               o    the amount for which the  financed  student  loans are being
                    sold,  assigned,  transferred or disposed of is equal to the
                    purchase price paid by UFS-1 for such financed student loans
                    (less  principal  amounts  received  with  respect  to  such
                    financed student loans).
    

Other Obligations of UFS-1

   
        UFS-1 will not commingle  the Funds  established  by the Indenture  with
funds,  proceeds or  investment  of funds  relating to other issues or series of
notes  issued by it,  except to the extent such  commingling  is required by the
Trustee for ease in  administration of its duties and  responsibilities.  Should
the Trustee require such permitted commingling, it will keep complete records in
order that the funds,  proceeds,  or investments  under the Indenture may at all
times be identified by source and application, and if necessary, separated.

        The revenues and other moneys,  financed  student loans and other assets
pledged under the Indenture are and will be owned by UFS-1 free and clear of any
pledge,  lien,  charge or  encumbrance  thereon  prior to, of equal rank with or
subordinate  to the  respective  pledges  created  by the  Indenture,  except as
otherwise  expressly  provided  therein.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in the
Indenture,  UFS-1 will not create or voluntarily  permit to be created any debt,
lien,  or charge on the financed  student loans which would be on a parity with,
subordinate  to, or prior to the lien of the Indenture;  shall not do or omit to
do or suffer to be done or omitted  to be done any  matter or things  whatsoever
whereby  the  lien  of the  Indenture  or the  priority  of  such  lien  for the
Obligations thereby secured might or could be lost or impaired;  and will pay or
cause to be paid or will  make  adequate  provisions  for the  satisfaction  and
discharge of all lawful claims and demands which if unpaid might by law be given
precedence  to or any equality  with the  Indenture as a lien or charge upon the
financed student loans.
    


                                       24
<PAGE>

Derivative Products; Reciprocal Payments; Derivative Payments

   
        UFS-1 is  authorized  under the  Indenture  to enter  into a  Derivative
Product,  defined to mean a written  contract  under which UFS-1 is obligated to
pay to a counterparty (a "Reciprocal Payor") on specified payments dates certain
amounts in exchange for the  Reciprocal  Payor's  obligation to make payments to
UFS-1 on specified  payment dates in specified  amounts.  UFS-1's  obligation to
make payments in connection with a Derivative Product may be secured by a pledge
of and lien on the trust  estate.  No  Derivative  Product  may be entered  into
unless the Trustee has received a confirmation  from each Rating Agency that the
Derivative Product will not adversely affect the rating on any of the Notes.
    



<PAGE>


        If any payment to a Reciprocal  Payor under a Derivative  Product  would
result  in a  deficiency  in  the  amounts  required  to  make  payments  to the
Registered  Owners of the Notes on a Note  Payment  Date,  then the Trustee will
delay the making of such payment to the Reciprocal Payor until the first date on
which no  deficiency  would  result  from such  payment  or until such next Note
Payment Date, whichever is earlier.

Representations and Warranties of UFS-1

   
        UFS-1 represents and warrants in the Indenture that:
    

        o      it is duly  authorized  under the laws of  Nevada  to create  and
               issue the Notes and to execute and deliver the  Indenture and any
               Derivative Product and to make the pledge to the payment of Notes
               and any Company Derivative Payments thereunder,

   
        o      all  necessary  action on the part of UFS-1for  the  creation and
               issuance  of the  Notes and the  execution  and  delivery  of the
               Indenture   and  any   Derivative   Product  has  been  duly  and
               effectively taken,

        o      the Notes in the hands of the  Registered  Owners thereof and the
               Company Derivative Payments are and will be valid and enforceable
               special  limited  obligations  of UFS-1  secured  by and  payable
               solely from the trust estate.
    

Further Covenants of UFS-1

   
        UFS-1 will file financing statements and continuation  statements in any
jurisdiction  necessary to perfect and maintain the security interest granted by
UFS-1 under the Indenture.

        Upon written  request of the  Trustee,  UFS-1 will permit the Trustee or
its agents,  accountants  and  attorneys,  to examine and inspect the  property,
books of account,  records,  reports,  and other data  relating to the  financed
student  loans,  and will furnish the Trustee such other  information  as it may
reasonably  request.  The  Trustee  shall  be  under  no duty to make  any  such
examination unless requested in writing to do so by the Registered Owners of 51%
in  collective  aggregate  principal  amount  of the  Notes,  and  unless  those
Registered  Owners have offered the Trustee security and indemnity  satisfactory
to it against  any costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  which  might be  incurred
thereby.

        UFS-1 will cause an annual audit to be made by an  independent  auditing
firm of national  reputation and file one copy thereof with the Trustee and each
Rating Agency  within 150 days of the close of each fiscal year.  The Trustee is
not obligated to review or otherwise analyze those audits.

        On or before the fifteenth day of each month,  UFS-1 will provide to the
Trustee for the  Trustee to forward to each Note  holder,  a  statement  setting
forth information with respect to the Notes and financed student loans as of the
ending of the preceding month, including the following:
    


                                       25
<PAGE>


   

     o    the amount of  principal  payments  made with respect to each class of
          Notes during the preceding month

     o    the amount of  interest  payments  made with  respect to each class of
          Notes during the preceding month

     o    the  principal  balance of financial  student loans as of the close of
          business on the last day of the preceding month

     o    the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Notes of each class

     o    the interest  rate for the  applicable  class of Notes with respect to
          each interest payment

     o    the number and  principal  amount of financed  student  loans that are
          delinquent or for which claims have been filed with a Guarantee Agency

     o    the  aggregate  market value of the Trust  Estate and the  Outstanding
          Principal  Amount of the Notes as of the close of business on the last
          day of the preceding month.

        A copy of the reports described above may be obtained by any Note holder
by a written request to the Trustee.

Enforcement of Servicing Agreement

        UFS-1 will diligently enforce all terms, covenants and conditions of all
Servicing  Agreements,  including  the prompt  payment of all  amounts due UFS-1
thereunder. UFS-1 will not permit the release of the obligations of any servicer
under any Servicing Agreement except in conjunction with a permitted  amendments
or  modifications  and will not  waive any  default  by the  servicer  under the
Servicing  Agreement without the written consent of the Trustee.  UFS-1 will not
consent or agree to or permit any  amendment or  modification  of any  Servicing
Agreement  which will in any manner  materially  adversely  affect the rights or
security of the Registered Owners.

Additional Covenants with
Respect to the Higher Education Act

        UFS-1 will cause the  Trustee to be, or replace  the  Trustee  with,  an
eligible lender under the Higher  Education Act, and will acquire or cause to be
acquired student loans only from an eligible lender.

        UFS-1, or its designated agent, is responsible for each of the following
actions with respect to the Higher Education Act:

        o      Dealing with the Secretary  with respect to the rights,  benefits
               and  obligations  under the  certificates  of  insurance  and the
               contract of  insurance,  and UFS-1 or its  designated  agent,  is
               responsible for dealing with the Guarantee  Agencies with respect
               to the  rights,  benefits  and  obligations  under the  Guarantee
               Agreements with respect to the financed student loans;

        o      Causing to be  diligently  enforced,  and causing to be taken all
               reasonable   steps,   actions  and   proceedings   necessary   or
               appropriate  for the  enforcement  of all  terms,  covenants  and
               conditions  of all  financed  student  loans  and  agreements  in
               connection  therewith,   including  the  prompt  payment  of  all
               principal  and  interest  payments  and  all  other  amounts  due
               thereunder;

        o      Causing  the  financed  student  loans to be serviced by entering
               into a servicing  agreement  with the servicer for the collection
               of payments made for, and the  administration of the accounts of,
               the financed student loans;
    


                                       26
<PAGE>

   

        o      Complying  with,  and  causing  all of its  officers,  directors,
               employees and agents to comply, with the provisions of the Higher
               Education Act and any  regulations  or rulings  thereunder,  with
               respect to the financed student loans; and

        o      Causing the benefits of the  Guarantee  Agreements,  the Interest
               Subsidy  Payments and the Special  Allowance  Payments to flow to
               the Trustee.

Continued Existence; Successor to UFS-1

        UFS-1 will do or cause to be done all things  necessary  to preserve and
keep in full force and effect its  existence,  rights and franchises as a Nevada
corporation.  UFS-1  will not sell,  transfer  or  otherwise  dispose  of all or
substantially  all of  its  assets,  consolidate  with  or  merge  into  another
corporation or entity,  or permit one or more other  corporations or entities to
consolidate with or merge into it. Those restrictions do not apply to a transfer
of  financed  student  loans  is  made in  connection  with a  discharge  of the
Indenture or to a  transaction  if the  transferee or the surviving or resulting
corporation or entity, if other than UFS-1, by proper written instrument for the
benefit of the Trustee,  irrevocably and unconditionally  assumes the obligation
to perform  and  observe  the  agreements  and  obligations  of UFS-1  under the
Indenture.

Events of Default

        For purposes of the Indenture,  each of the following events are defined
as events of default:

        o      default in the due and punctual payment of any interest on any of
               the Class A Notes  when due or failure  to make any  payment  due
               under any other Senior Obligations when due;

        o      if no Senior  Obligations  are  outstanding  under the Indenture,
               default in the due and  punctual  payment of the  principal of or
               interest  on any of the Class B Notes when due or failure to make
               any payment due under any other Subordinate Obligations when due;

        o      if  no  Senior   Obligations  or  Subordinate   Obligations   are
               Outstanding under the Indenture,  default in the due and punctual
               payment of the principal of or interest on any Class C Notes when
               due  or  failure  to  make  any   payment  due  under  any  other
               Junior-Subordinate Obligations when due;

        o      default  in the  performance  or  observance  of any other of the
               covenants,  agreements,  or conditions on the part of UFS-1 to be
               kept,  observed,  and performed  contained in the Indenture or in
               the Notes,  and  continuation  of such default for a period of 90
               days after written notice thereof by the Trustee to UFS-1; and
    

        o       the occurrence of an Event of Bankruptcy.

Remedies on Default

   
        Possession of Trust Estate.  Upon the happening of any event of default,
the Trustee may take  possession of such portion of the trust estate as shall be
in the custody of others,  and all property  comprising  the trust  estate,  and
have, hold, use, operate,  manage and control the same. The Trustee may also, in
the name of UFS-1 or  otherwise,  conduct the  business of UFS-1 and collect and
receive  all  charges,  income  and  Revenues  of the  trust  estate,  and after
deducting  therefrom  all  expenses  incurred  thereunder  and all other  proper
outlays authorized in the Indenture,  and all payments which may be made as just
and reasonable  compensation  for its own services,  and for the services of its
attorneys,  agents, and assistants,  the Trustee will apply the rest and residue
of the money received by the Trustee as follows:
    


                                       27
<PAGE>

     (a)  if the principal of none of the Obligations shall have become due,

   
          o    first,  to the payment of the  interest in default on the Class A
               Notes  and to the  payment  of all  Company  Derivative  Payments
               secured on a parity  with the Class A Notes then due, in order of
               the maturity of the  installments  thereof,  with interest on the
               overdue installments thereof at the same rates, respectively,  as
               were borne by the Class A Notes on which such  interest  shall be
               in default and any such Company  Derivative  Payments as provided
               in the ISDA Master  Agreement  then due, such payments to be made
               ratably to the parties entitled thereto without discrimination or
               preference,

          o    second,  to the payment of the interest in default on the Class B
               Notes  and to the  payment  of all  Company  Derivative  Payments
               secured on a parity  with the Class B Notes then due, in order of
               the maturity of the  installments  of such  interest and any such
               Company  Derivative  Payments,   with  interest  on  the  overdue
               installments  thereof at the same  rates,  respectively,  as were
               borne by the  Class B Notes on which  such  interest  shall be in
               default and any such Company  Derivative  payments then due, such
               payments  to be made  ratably  to the  parties  entitled  thereto
               without discrimination or preference and,

          o    third,  to the payment of the  interest in default on the Class C
               Notes  and to the  payment  of all  Company  Derivative  payments
               secured on a parity with such Class C Notes, if any, then due, in
               order of the maturity of the  installments  of such  interest and
               any  such  Company  Derivative  Payments,  with  interest  on the
               overdue installments thereof at the same rates, respectively,  as
               were borne by the Class C Notes on which such  interest  shall be
               in default and any such  Company  Derivative  payments  then due,
               such payments to be made ratably to the parties  entitled thereto
               without  discrimination or preference,  except as may be provided
               in a Supplemental Indenture; and
    

     (b)  if the  principal of any of the  Obligations  shall have become due by
          declaration of acceleration or otherwise,

   
          o    first,  to the payment of the  interest in default on the Class A
               Notes and all  Company  Derivative  payments  secured on a parity
               with the Class A Notes then due, in the order of the  maturity of
               the installments  thereof,  with interest on overdue installments
               thereof  at the same  rates,  respectively,  as were borne by the
               Class A Notes on which such interest shall be in default and such
               Company  Derivative  Payments  as  provided  in the  ISDA  Master
               Agreement then due, as the case may be,

          o    second, to the payment of the principal of all Class A Notes then
               due and any amount owed to a Reciprocal Payor secured on a parity
               with Senior  Obligations  under the ISDA master  Agreement,  such
               payments  to be made  ratably  to the  parties  entitled  thereto
               without discrimination or preference,

          o    third,  to the payment of the  interest in default on the Class B
               Notes and all  Company  Derivative  Payments  secured on a parity
               with the Class B Notes then due, in the order of the  maturity of
               the  installments  thereof with interest on overdue  installments
               thereof  at the same  rates,  respectively,  as were borne by the
               Class B Notes on which such interest shall be in default and such
               Company  Derivative  payments  as  provided  in the  ISDA  Master
               Agreement then due, as the case may be,

          o    fourth, to the payment of the principal of all Notes then due and
               any amount owed to a  Reciprocal  Payor  secured on a parity with
               Subordinate  Obligations  under the ISDA Master  Agreement,  such
               payments  to be made  ratably  to the  parties  entitled  thereto
               without discrimination or preference,
    


                                       28
<PAGE>


   
          o    fifth,  to the payment of the  interest in default on the Class C
               Notes and all  Company  Derivative  Payments  secured on a parity
               with such Class C Notes then due, in the order of the maturity of
               the installments  thereof,  with interest on overdue installments
               thereof  at the same  rates,  respectively,  as were borne by the
               Class C Notes on which such interest shall be in default and such
               Company  Derivative  Payments  as  provided  in the  ISDA  Master
               Agreement then due, as the case may be, and

          o    sixth,  to the payment of the principal of all Class C Notes then
               due and any amount owed to a Reciprocal Payor secured on a parity
               with   Junior-Subordinate   Obligations  under  the  ISDA  Master
               Agreement,  such  payments  to be  made  ratably  to the  parties
               entitled thereto without discrimination or preference,  except as
               may be provided in a Supplemental Indenture.

        Sale of Trust Estate.  Upon the happening of any event of default and if
the principal of all of the  outstanding  Notes shall have been declared due and
payable,  then the Trustee may sell the trust estate to the highest  bidder,  at
any such  place or  places,  and at such time or times and upon such  notice and
terms as may be required by law. The Trustee is  irrevocably  appointed the true
and lawful attorney-in-fact of UFS-1, in its name and stead, to make and execute
all  bills of sale,  instruments  of  assignment  and  transfer  and such  other
documents of transfer as may be necessary or advisable in connection with a sale
of all or part of the trust estate,  but UFS-1,  if so requested by the Trustee,
shall ratify and confirm any sale or sales by executing  and  delivering  to the
Trustee  or to such  purchaser  or  purchasers  all such  instruments  as may be
necessary,  or in the judgment of the Trustee,  proper for the purpose which may
be designated in such request.  In addition,  the Trustee may proceed to protect
and enforce the rights of the Trustee,  the Registered  Owners of Obligations in
such manner as counsel for the  Trustee  may  advise,  whether for the  specific
performance of any covenant,  condition,  agreement or undertaking  contained in
the Indenture,  or in aid of the execution of any power therein granted,  or for
the enforcement of such other appropriate legal or equitable  remedies as may in
the opinion of such counsel, be more effectual to protect and enforce the rights
aforesaid.  The Trustee shall take any such action or actions if requested to do
so in  writing  by the  Registered  Owners  of at  least  51% of the  collective
aggregate  principal  amount of the  Highest  Priority  Obligations  at the time
outstanding.
    

        Appointment of Receiver.  In case an event of default occurs, and if all
of the outstanding  Obligations  shall have been declared due and payable and in
case any judicial  proceedings are commenced to enforce any right of the Trustee
or of the Registered  Owners under the Indenture or otherwise,  then as a matter
of right,  the Trustee shall be entitled to the appointment of a receiver of the
trust estate and of the earnings,  income or Revenue,  rents, issues and profits
thereof with such powers as the court making such appointments may confer.

   
        Accelerated  Maturity. If an event of default shall have occurred and be
continuing,  the  Trustee may  declare,  or upon the  written  direction  by the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of  the  Highest  Priority  Obligations  then  outstanding  shall  declare,  the
principal of all Obligations  issued under the Indenture,  and then outstanding,
and the interest thereon, if not previously due,  immediately due and payable. A
declaration of acceleration  upon the occurrence of a covenant  default requires
the consent of 100% of the Registered Owners of the Highest Priority Obligations
then outstanding.

        Direction of Trustee.  Upon the  happening of any event of default,  the
Registered Owners of at least 51% of the collective  aggregate  principal amount
of the Highest Priority  Obligations then outstanding shall have the right by an
instrument  or  instruments  in writing  delivered  to the Trustee to direct and
control the Trustee as to the method of taking any and all  proceedings  for any
sale of any or all of the trust estate, or for the appointment of a receiver, if
permitted by law, and may at any time cause any  proceedings  authorized  by the
terms of the  Indenture  to be so taken or to be  discontinued  or delayed.  The
Registered Owners may not cause the Trustee to take any proceedings which in the
Trustee's  opinion would be unjustly  prejudicial  to  non-assenting  Registered
Owners of  Obligations,  but the  Trustee  shall be  entitled to assume that the
action  requested by the Registered  Owners of 51% of the  collective  aggregate
principal amount of the Highest  Priority  Obligations then outstanding will not
be  prejudicial  to any  non-assenting  Registered  Owners unless the Registered
Owners  of more than 50% of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the
non-assenting Registered Owners of such Highest Priority Obligations in writing,
show the  Trustee  how they  will be  prejudiced.  The  Registered  Owners  of a
majority of the collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the Highest Priority
Obligations then outstanding,  together with the Registered Owners of a majority
of the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount of all other  Obligations  then
outstanding,  shall have the right, at any time, by an instrument or instruments
in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the method and place
of conducting all  proceedings to be taken in connection with the enforcement of
the terms and conditions of the Indenture,  or for the appointment of a receiver
or any other proceedings  thereunder,  provided that such direction shall not be
otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of law and of the Indenture.
    

 
                                       29
<PAGE>

   
        Right to Enforce in Trustee. No Registered Owner of any Obligation shall
have any  right as such  Registered  Owner to  institute  any suit,  action,  or
proceedings  for the  enforcement  of the provisions of the Indenture or for the
appointment  of a receiver  or for any other  remedy  under the  Indenture.  All
rights of action  under the  Indenture  are vested  exclusively  in the Trustee,
unless and until  such  Registered  Owner  shall  have  previously  given to the
Trustee written notice of a default under the Indenture,  and of the continuance
thereof, and also unless the Registered Owners of the requisite principal amount
of the  Obligations  then  outstanding  shall have made written request upon the
Trustee and the  Trustee  shall have been  afforded  reasonable  opportunity  to
institute  such  action,  suit or  proceeding  in its own name,  and  unless the
Trustee shall have been offered reasonable  indemnity and security  satisfactory
to it against the costs,  expenses,  and  liabilities to be incurred  therein or
thereby and the Trustee for 30 days after receipt of such notification, request,
or offer of indemnity,  shall have failed to institute any such action,  suit or
proceeding.  No Registered Owner of the Obligations  shall have the right in any
manner whatever by his or their action to affect, disturb, or prejudice the lien
of the  Indenture  or to  enforce  any right  thereunder  except  in the  manner
provided in the Indenture and for the equal benefit of the Registered  Owners of
not  less  than  60%  of  the  collective  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
Obligations then outstanding.

        Waivers of Events of Default.  The Trustee may in its  discretion  waive
any event of default under the Indenture  and its  consequences  and rescind any
declaration  of  acceleration  of  Obligations,  and will do so upon the written
request  of the  Registered  Owners  of at least a  majority  of the  collective
aggregate principal amount of the Highest Priority Obligations then outstanding.
No waiver may be made of any event of default in the payment of the principal of
or premium on any Outstanding  Obligations at the date of maturity or redemption
thereof,  or any  default in the  payment  when due of the  interest on any such
Obligations,  unless prior to such waiver or rescission, all arrears of interest
or all arrears of payments of principal and premium, if any, and all expenses of
the Trustee,  in  connection  with such default shall have been paid or provided
for or any default in the payment of amounts set forth in the Indenture. No such
waiver or rescission  shall extend to or affect any subsequent or other default,
or impair any rights or remedies consequent thereon.
    

The Trustee

   
        Acceptance of Trust. The Trustee has accepted the trusts imposed upon it
by the Indenture, and will perform said trusts, but only upon and subject to the
following terms and conditions:
    

        o      The  Trustee  undertakes  to  perform  such  duties and only such
               duties as are  specifically  set forth in the  Indenture,  and no
               implied covenants or obligations shall be read into the Indenture
               against the Trustee; and

        o      In the  absence  of  bad  faith  on its  part,  the  Trustee  may
               conclusively  rely,  as to the  truth of the  statements  and the
               correctness of the opinions expressed therein,  upon certificates
               or  opinions  furnished  to the  Trustee  and  conforming  to the
               requirements  of  the  Indenture;  but in the  case  of any  such
               certificates or opinions which by any provisions of the Indenture
               are  specifically  required to be furnished  to the Trustee,  the
               Trustee  shall be under a duty to examine  the same to  determine
               whether or not they conform as to form with the  requirements  of
               the  Indenture  and whether or not they  contain  the  statements
               required under the Indenture.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>

        o      In case an event of default has occurred and is  continuing,  the
               Trustee,  in exercising the rights and powers vested in it by the
               Indenture,  shall use the same  degree of care and skill in their
               exercise  as a prudent  person  would  exercise  or use under the
               circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.

        o      Before  taking  any  action  under  the  Indenture  requested  by
               Registered  Owners,  the Trustee may require that it be furnished
               an indemnity bond or other indemnity and security satisfactory to
               it by the Registered Owners, as applicable, for the reimbursement
               of all  expenses to which it may be put and to protect it against
               all liability, except liability which results from the negligence
               or willful  misconduct of the Trustee and negligence with respect
               to moneys  deposited and applied  pursuant to the  Indenture,  by
               reason of any action so taken by the Trustee.

   
        Trustee  May Act  Through  Agents.  The  Trustee  may execute any of the
trusts or powers under the  Indenture  and perform any duty  thereunder,  either
itself or by or through its attorneys, agents, or employees, and it shall not be
answerable  or  accountable  for any default,  neglect or misconduct of any such
attorneys,  agents or employees,  if reasonable  care has been  exercised in the
appointment,  supervision,  and monitoring of the work performed. All reasonable
costs  incurred  by the  Trustee  and all  reasonable  compensation  to all such
persons as may reasonably be employed in connection with the trusts will be paid
by UFS-1.

        Indemnification of Trustee. Other than with respect to its duties to pay
on the  Obligations  when due, and its duty to pursue the remedy of acceleration
as  provided  in the  Indenture,  for each of which no  additional  security  or
indemnity  may be required,  the Trustee will be under no  obligation or duty to
perform any act at the request of  Registered  Owners or to  institute or defend
any suit in respect  thereof  unless  properly  indemnified  and  provided  with
security to its  satisfaction  as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not
required to take notice, or be deemed to have knowledge, of any default or event
of default of UFS-1 under the Indenture and may  conclusively  assume that there
has been no such default or event of default unless and until it shall have been
specifically  notified  in  writing  of such  default or event of default by the
Registered  Owners  of the  required  percentages  in  principal  amount  of the
Obligations   then   outstanding   hereinabove   specified   or  an   authorized
representative of UFS-1.  However,  the Trustee may begin suit, or appear in and
defend suit, execute any of the trusts,  enforce any of its rights or powers, or
do anything  else in its  judgment  proper to be done by it as Trustee,  without
assurance of reimbursement  or indemnity,  and in such case the Trustee shall be
reimbursed or indemnified by the Registered  Owners  requesting such action,  if
any, or UFS-1 in all other cases, for all fees, costs and expenses, liabilities,
outlays and counsel fees and other reasonable disbursements properly incurred in
connection therewith, unless such costs and expenses,  liabilities,  outlays and
attorneys'  fees  and  other  reasonable   disbursements  properly  incurred  in
connection  therewith are  adjudicated  to have resulted from the  negligence or
willful misconduct of the Trustee.

        If UFS-1 or the Registered  Owners,  as appropriate,  shall fail to make
such reimbursement or indemnification, the Trustee may reimburse itself from any
money in its possession  under the provisions of the Indenture,  subject only to
the prior  lien of the Notes  for the  payment  of the  principal  and  interest
thereon from the Revenue Fund. None of the provisions contained in the Indenture
or any other  Agreement to which it is a party shall  require the Trustee to act
or to expend  or risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  individual  financial
liability in the  performance  of any of its duties or in the exercise of any of
its rights or powers if the  Registered  Owners shall not have offered  security
and  indemnity  acceptable  to it or if it shall  have  reasonable  grounds  for
believing that prompt repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such
risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

        UFS-1 will  indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee  against any and all
claims, demands, suits, actions or other proceedings and all liabilities,  costs
and expenses  whatsoever caused by any untrue statement or misleading  statement
or alleged untrue statement or alleged  misleading  statement of a material fact
contained n any offering document distributed in connection with the issuance of
the Notes or caused by any  omission  or  alleged  omission  from such  offering
document of any  material  fact  required to be stated  therein or  necessary in
order to make the  statements  made  therein  in the light of the  circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading.
    


                                       31
<PAGE>

   
        Compensation of Trustee. UFS-1 will pay to the Trustee from time to time
reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it under the Indenture, and
also all of its reasonable expenses,  charges, and other disbursements and those
of its attorneys, agents, and employees incurred in and about the administration
and  execution  of the trusts  thereby  created.  The Trustee may not change the
amount of its annual compensation without giving UFS-1 at least 90 days' written
notice prior to the beginning of a fiscal year.

        Resignation of Trustee. The Trustee and any successor to the Trustee may
resign and be  discharged  from the trust  created by the Indenture by giving to
UFS-1 notice in writing specifying the date on which such resignation is to take
effect.  A resignation will only take effect on the day specified in such notice
if a successor  Trustee shall have been appointed  pursuant to the provisions of
the Indenture and is qualified to be the Trustee under the  requirements  of the
provisions of the Indenture.
    

        Removal of Trustee.  The Trustee or any successor Trustee may be removed

   
          o    at any  time  by  the  Registered  Owners  of a  majority  of the
               collective  aggregate  principal  amount of the Highest  Priority
               Obligations then outstanding,

          o    by UFS-1 for cause or upon the sale or other  disposition  of the
               Trustee or its trust functions or

          o    by UFS-1 without  cause so long as no event of default  exists or
               has existed within the last 30 days,

upon  payment  to the  Trustee  so removed of all money then due to it under the
Indenture and appointment of a successor thereto by UFS-1 and acceptance thereof
by said successor.
    

     In the event a Trustee is removed, removal shall not become effective until

   
        o      in the case of removal by the Registered  Owners,  the Registered
               Owners  of Notes  by  instrument  or  concurrent  instruments  in
               writing have  appointed a successor  Trustee or  otherwise  UFS-1
               shall have appointed a successor, and

        o       the successor Trustee has accepted that appointment.

        Successor Trustee. If the Trustee resigns, is dissolved, or otherwise is
disqualified to act or is incapable of acting, or in case control of the Trustee
or of any successor Trustee or of its officers shall be taken over by any public
officer or officers,  a successor Trustee may be appointed by UFS-1. In the case
of any such appointment by UFS-1 of a successor to the Trustee, UFS-1 will cause
notice  thereof  to be mailed to the  Registered  Owners at the  address of each
Registered Owner appearing on the note registration books.

     Every successor Trustee  appointed by the Registered  Owners, by a court of
competent jurisdiction, or by UFS-1 will be
    

          o    a bank or trust  company in good  standing,  organized  and doing
               business  under  the  laws  of the  United  States  or of a state
               therein,

   
          o    have a reported capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000,
    

          o    authorized under the law to exercise  corporate trust powers,  be
               subject  to  supervision  or  examination  by a federal  or state
               authority, and



                                       32
<PAGE>

          o    an eligible lender under the Higher Education Act so long as such
               designation  is  necessary  to  maintain  guarantees  and federal
               benefits under the Act with respect to the financed student loans
               originated under the Act.

        Merger of the  Trustee.  Any  corporation  into which the Trustee may be
merged or with which it may be consolidated,  or any corporation  resulting from
any  merger or  consolidation  to which  the  Trustee  shall be a party,  or any
corporation  succeeding  to all or  substantially  all  of the  corporate  trust
business  of the  Trustee,  shall be the  successor  of the  Trustee  under  the
Indenture,  provided such corporation shall be otherwise  qualified and eligible
under the Indenture, without the execution or filing of any paper of any further
act on the part of any other parties thereto.


Supplemental Indentures

   
        Supplemental  Indentures  Not Requiring  Consent of  Registered  Owners.
UFS-1  and the  Trustee  may,  without  the  consent  of or notice to any of the
Registered  Owners of any  Obligations  enter into any  indenture or  indentures
supplemental to the Indenture for any one or more of the following purposes:
    

     (a) to cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in the Indenture;

     (b) to  grant  to or  confer  upon  the  Trustee  for  the  benefit  of the
Registered  Owners  any  additional  benefits,   rights,  remedies,   powers  or
authorities  that may  lawfully be granted to or conferred  upon the  Registered
Owners or the Trustee;

     (c)  to  subject  to  the  Indenture  additional  revenues,  properties  or
collateral;

     (d)  to  modify,  amend  or  supplement  the  Indenture  or  any  indenture
supplemental thereto in such manner as to permit the qualification thereof under
the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939 or any similar  federal  statute  hereafter in
effect or to permit the qualification of the Notes for sale under the securities
laws of the  United  States of  America  or of any of the  states of the  United
States of America,  and, if they so  determine,  to add to the  Indenture or any
indenture  supplemental  thereto such other terms,  conditions and provisions as
may be permitted by said Trust Indenture Act of 1939 or similar federal statute;

   
     (e)  to  evidence  the  appointment  of  a  separate  or  co-trustee  or  a
co-registrar or transfer agent or the succession of a new trustee hereunder,  or
any additional or substitute Guaranty Agency or servicer;

     (f) to add provisions to or to amend provisions of the Indenture as may, in
Note Counsel's  opinion,  be necessary or desirable to assure  implementation of
UFS-1's  student  loan  program in  conformance  with the Act if along with such
Supplemental  Indenture  there is filed a Note  Counsel's  opinion to the effect
that the  addition or  amendment  of such  provisions  will in no way impair the
existing security of the Registered Owners of any outstanding Obligations;
    

     (g) to make any  change  as  shall be  necessary  in  order to  obtain  and
maintain  for any of the Notes an  investment  grade  Rating  from a  nationally
recognized rating service,  which changes, in the opinion of the Trustee are not
to the prejudice of the Registered Owner of any of the Obligations;

     (h) to  make  any  changes  necessary  to  comply  with  the  Act  and  the
regulations thereunder or the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder;

     (i) to provide for the issuance of Notes  pursuant to the provisions of the
Indenture,  including  the  creation of  appropriate  Funds and  accounts,  with
respect to such Notes;



                                       33
<PAGE>

     (j) to make the terms and provisions of the  Indenture,  including the lien
and security interest granted therein, applicable to a Derivative Product;

     (k) to create any additional  Funds or accounts under the Indenture  deemed
by the Trustee to be necessary or desirable;

     (l) to amend the  Indenture  to allow for any  Notes to be  supported  by a
letter  of credit  or  insurance  policy  or a  liquidity  agreement,  including
amendment  with  respect to  repayment  to such a provider  on a parity with any
Notes or  Derivative  Product and providing  rights to such  provider  under the
Indenture, including with respect to defaults and remedies;

   
     (m) to amend the  Indenture  to provide  for use of a surety  bond or other
financial  guaranty  instrument in lieu of cash and/or Investment  securities in
all or any  portion  of the  Reserve  Fund,  so long as such  action  shall  not
adversely affect the Ratings on any of the Notes;
    

     (n) to make any other change with a confirmation  by the Rating Agencies of
their ratings of the Notes; or

     (o) to make any other change  which,  in the judgment of the Trustee is not
to the material prejudice of the Registered Owners of any Obligations.

   
        Supplemental  Indentures  Requiring  Consent of Registered  Owners.  Any
amendment of the Indenture other than those listed above must be approved by the
Registered  Owners  of not less  than a  majority  of the  collective  aggregate
principal amount of the Obligations then outstanding.


        None of the  changes  described  below  may be  made  in a  supplemental
indenture  without the consent of the Registered  Owners of all Obligations then
outstanding,
    

               o    an extension of the maturity date of the principal of or the
                    interest on any Obligation, or

               o    a reduction in the principal  amount of any  Obligations  or
                    the rate of interest thereon, or

               o    a privilege  or priority of any  Obligation  or  Obligations
                    over any other Obligation or Obligations, or

               o    a  reduction  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
                    Obligations   required  for  consent  to  such  Supplemental
                    Indenture, or

               o    the creation of any lien other than a lien ratably  securing
                    all of the  Obligations  at any time  Outstanding  under the
                    Indenture or

   
        No  modification of the trusts,  powers,  rights,  obligations,  duties,
remedies,  immunities  and privileges of the Trustee may be made in a supplement
indenture without the prior written approval of the Trustee.

        If at any time UFS-1  requests the Trustee to enter into a  Supplemental
Indenture  the  Trustee  will mail  notice  of the  proposed  execution  of such
Supplemental  Indenture to each  Registered  Owner of an Obligation.  The notice
will describe the nature of the proposed supplemental  indenture.  If, within 60
days,  or such longer  period as shall be  prescribed  by UFS-1,  following  the
mailing of such notice, the Registered Owners of not less than a majority of the
collective aggregate principal amount of the Obligations outstanding at the time
of the execution of any such supplemental indenture have consented in writing to
and approved the substance of the amendments made by the supplemental indenture,
the  Indenture  shall be and be deemed to be modified and amended in  accordance
therewith.
    


                                       34
<PAGE>

   
        Notice of Defaults.  Within 90 days after the  occurrence of any default
under the  provisions  of the  Indenture  with respect to the  Obligations,  the
Trustee will transmit  notice of such default known to the Trustee,  unless such
default  is cured or waived.  Except in the case of a default in the  payment of
the  principal of or interest  with respect to any  Obligation,  the Trustee may
withhold such notice if and so long as an  authorized  officer of the Trustee in
good faith  determine that the  withholding of such notice is in the interest of
the Registered Owners of the Obligations.
    

Trust Irrevocable

        The trust  created  by the  terms and  provisions  of the  Indenture  is
irrevocable  until the Notes and  interest  thereon and all  Company  Derivative
Payments  are fully paid or  provision  made for its  payment as provided in the
Indenture.

Satisfaction of Indenture

   
        If UFS-1 pays,  or causes to be paid,  to the  Registered  Owners of the
Notes,  the  principal  of and  interest  on the Notes,  at the times and in the
manner  stipulated in the Indenture and to each  Reciprocal  Payor,  all Company
Derivative Payments then due, then the pledge of the trust estate will thereupon
terminate  and be  discharged  and  satisfied.  In such event,  the Trustee will
execute  and  deliver  to UFS-1  all such  instruments  as may be  desirable  to
evidence  such  discharge  and  satisfaction,  and the Trustee shall pay over or
deliver  all money  held by it under the  Indenture  to the  party  entitled  to
receive  the same under the  Indenture.  If UFS-1 pays or causes to be paid,  or
there is otherwise paid, to the Registered  Owners of any Outstanding  Notes the
principal  of and  interest  on such  Notes  and to each  Reciprocal  Payor  all
Reciprocal  Payments then due, at the times and in the manner  stipulated in the
Indenture and in the Derivative  Product,  such Notes and each Reciprocal  Payor
shall  cease  to be  entitled  to any  lien,  benefit,  or  security  under  the
Indenture,  and all  covenants,  agreements,  and  obligations  of  UFS-1 to the
Registered  Owners  thereof and each  Reciprocal  Payor shall  thereupon  cease,
terminate, and become void and be discharged and satisfied.

        Notes or  interest  installments  shall be  deemed  to have been paid if
money for the payment or redemption thereof has been set aside and is being held
in trust by the  Trustee  at the stated  maturity  or  earlier  redemption  date
thereof. Any outstanding Note will be deemed to have been paid if the Note is to
be redeemed on any date prior to its stated  maturity  and notice of  redemption
has been given as  provided in the  Indenture  and on said date there shall have
been  deposited with the Trustee either money or  Governmental  Obligations  the
principal  of and the  interest  on which when due will  provide  money which is
sufficient  to pay when due the  principal of and interest to become due on such
Note.
    

        Any  Company  Derivative  Payments  are deemed to have been paid and the
applicable Derivative Product terminated, when payment of all Company Derivative
Payments  due  and  payable  to  each  Reciprocal  Payor  under  its  respective
Derivative  Product have been made or duly provided for to the  satisfaction  of
each Reciprocal Payor and the respective Derivative Product has been terminated.

                        DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

General

        Credit  enhancement  may be provided with respect to one or more classes
of the  Notes  of any  series.  The  amounts  and  types of  credit  enhancement
arrangements and the provider thereof, if applicable, with respect to each class
of  securities  of a given  series,  if any,  will be set  forth in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  Credit  enhancement  may be in the form of a letter  of
credit,  the  subordination  of one or  more  classes  of  Notes,  the use of an
insurance  policy or surety  bonds,  the  establishment  of one or more  reserve
funds, interest rate swaps, or any combination of the foregoing.  If so provided
in the related Prospectus Supplement, any form of credit enhancement may provide
credit  enhancement  for more than one series of Notes or more than one class of
Notes to the extent described therein.

   
        The presence of a Reserve Fund and other forms of credit enhancement for
the  benefit  of any  class or  series  of  Notes is  intended  to  enhance  the
likelihood  of  receipt by the  Noteholders  of such class or series of the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon and to decrease the likelihood that
such  Noteholders  will experience  losses.  Unless  otherwise  specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement with respect to a series, the credit enhancement
will not provide  protection  against  all risks of loss and will not  guarantee
payment to such  Noteholders of all amounts to which they are entitled under the
related Indenture.  If losses or shortfalls occur that exceed the amount covered
by the credit  enhancement  or that are not  covered by the credit  enhancement,
Noteholders will bear their allocable share of deficiencies. Moreover, if a form
of credit enhancement covers more than one series of Notes,  holders of Notes of
one  series  will be subject to the risk that such  credit  enhancement  will be
exhausted by the claims of the holders of Notes of one or more other series.
    


                                       35
<PAGE>

Subordinate Notes

   
        The Notes  will be  designated  Class A Notes,  Class B Notes or Class C
Notes as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. To the extent specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, the rights of the holders of Class B Notes
to receive  distributions  on any Note Payment Date will be  subordinated to the
corresponding  rights of the  holders  of Class A Notes,  and the  rights of the
holders of Class C Notes to receive  distributions on any Distribution Date will
be subordinated to the corresponding rights of the holders of the Class B Notes.
If so provided in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the  subordination  of a
class may apply only in the event of, or may be  limited  to,  certain  types of
losses  or  shortfalls.   The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  set  forth
information  concerning  the  amount  of  subordination  provided  by a class or
classes of Notes in a series,  the circumstances  under which such subordination
will be available  and the manner in which the amount of  subordination  will be
made available.
    

Letter of Credit

        If so specified in the Prospectus  Supplement  with respect to a series,
deficiencies  in amounts  otherwise  payable  on such  Notes or certain  classes
thereof  will be covered by one or more  letters of credit,  issued by a bank or
financial  institution specified in such Prospectus Supplement (the "L/C Bank").
Under a  letter  of  credit,  the L/C Bank  will be  obligated  to  honor  draws
thereunder in an aggregate  fixed dollar amount,  net of  unreimbursed  payments
thereunder,  generally equal to a percentage specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement of the aggregate  principal  balance of the financed student loans on
the related Cut-off Date or of the initial  aggregate  principal  balance of the
Notes of one or more classes of Notes. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement,  the letter of credit may permit  draws only in the event of certain
types of losses and shortfalls.  The amount available under the letter of credit
will,  in all  cases,  be reduced  to the  extent of the  unreimbursed  payments
thereunder  and may otherwise be reduced as described in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The obligations of the L/C Bank under the letter of credit for each
Series of Notes will expire at the earlier of the date  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement or the termination of the trust estate.

Note Insurance and Surety Bonds

        If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to a series of
the Notes,  deficiencies in amounts  otherwise  payable on such Notes or certain
classes  thereof  will be covered by  insurance  policies  and/or  surety  bonds
provided by one or more insurance  companies or sureties.  Such  instruments may
cover,  with  respect  to one or more  classes of Notes of the  related  series,
timely  distributions of interest and/or full  distributions of principal on the
basis of a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined in the
manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Reserve Fund

        In addition to the Reserve Fund  described  herein,  one or more reserve
funds may be  established  with respect to a series,  in which cash, a letter of
credit,  eligible  investments,  a demand note or a combination  thereof, in the
amounts,  if any, so  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  will be
deposited.  The  reserve  fund for a  series  may also be  funded  over  time by
depositing  therein a  specified  amount of the  distributions  received  on the
related receivables as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.


                                       36
<PAGE>

        Amounts on deposit in any reserve fund for a series,  together  with the
reinvestment income thereon, will be applied by the Trustee for the purposes, in
the manner, and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  A
reserve fund may be provided to increase the  likelihood  of timely  payments of
principal of and interest on the Notes, if required as a condition to the rating
of such series by each Rating Agency rating such series or any classes  relating
thereto.  If so specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a reserve fund
may be established to provide limited  protection,  in an amount satisfactory to
each Rating Agency which assigns rating to the Notes,  against  certain types of
losses not covered by insurance policies or other credit support. Following each
Interest  Payment Date,  amounts in such reserve fund in excess of any specified
reserve  fund  requirement  may be  released  from the  reserve  fund  under the
conditions and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement and
will not be available for further application by the Trustee.

        Additional information concerning any reserve fund is to be set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement, including the initial balance of such reserve
fund, the reserve fund balance to be maintained, the purposes for which funds in
the reserve fund may be applied to make  distributions to Noteholders and use of
investment earnings from the reserve fund, if any.


                                       37
<PAGE>


                        UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.

   
        UFS-1 is a bankruptcy  remote,  limited  purpose  corporation  organized
under the laws of the State of Nevada on February  28,  1996 to acquire  student
loans and pledge such student loans and certain related  collateral to a trustee
to secure the  Notes.  UFS-1 is a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of Union  Financial
Services, Inc., a Nevada corporation ("UFS"),  organized on January 26, 1996 for
the purpose of  facilitating  the financing of student loans and other financial
assets, and to engage in activities in connection  therewith.  UFS-1 was created
as a separate, limited purpose entity pursuant to Articles of Incorporation that
impose  limitations  on the  nature of UFS-1's  business  and a  restriction  on
UFS-1's ability to commence a voluntary case or proceeding  under any Insolvency
Laws  without  the prior  unanimous  affirmative  vote of all of its  directors.
UFS-1's  Articles of  Incorporation  also  require  UFS-1 to have a director who
qualifies as an "independent director."

               UFS-1 is governed by a Board of  Directors,  which is required by
its Articles of  Incorporation  to include at least three  directors.  Directors
must  be  elected  at each  annual  meeting  of the  shareholders.  The  present
directors and their addresses and principal  occupations or affiliations  are as
follows:
    

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                Principal       Officers and
    Name of            Other                                      Occupation     Directors Term
    Director        Offices Held   Age          Address         or Affiliation      From To*
     --------       ------------   ---          -------         --------------      -------
<S>                   <C>         <C>                 <C>         <C>              <C>          
Michael S.          Chairman      35   4732 Calvert Street    Executive       February  Present
Dunlap                                 Lincoln, Nebraska      Vice            1996
                                       68506                  President of
                                                              Union Bank
                                                              and Trust
                                                              Company;
                                                              President,
                                                              Farmers &
                                                              Merchants
                                                              Investment,
                                                              Inc.

Stephen F.         President      46   6991 East Camelback    President of    February  Present
Butterfield                            Road, Suite B290       Union           1996
                                       Scottsdale, Arizona    Financial
                                       85251                  Services, Inc.

Ronald W. Page        Vice        50   1801 California        Senior Vice     February  Present
                   President,          Street                 President of    1996
                 Treasurer and         Suite 3920             Union
                   Secretary           Denver, CO 80202       Financial
                                                              Services,
                                                              Inc.;
                                                              Investment
                                                              Banker, A.G.
                                                              Edwards &
                                                              Sons, Inc.
                                                              1990-1995

Ross Wilcox            --         56   4732 Calvert Street    Chief           February  Present
                                       Lincoln, Nebraska      Executive       1996
                                       68506                  Officer of
                                                              Union Bank
                                                              and Trust
                                                              Company

Dr. Paul R.            -          64   Hernia Hill, Rural     Retired         February  Present
Hoff                                   Route 1                Physician       1996
                                       Seward, Nebraska
                                       68434
- -------------
(*)     Each director holds office until the next annual meeting of shareholders
        following his or her election  until such  director's  successors  shall
        have  been  elected  and  qualified.  UFS-1's  next  annual  meeting  is
        scheduled for March, 2000.
</TABLE>

Executive Management

   
        The  Board of  Directors  and  executive  officers  described  below are
responsible for overall management of UFS-1.  UFS-1's officers and directors are
shareholders,  officers and directors of business  entities that have engaged in
the business of purchasing, holding and selling student loans.
    


                                       38
<PAGE>

   
     Michael S. Dunlap,  Chairman of the Board.  As the Chairman of the Board of
Directors,  Mr. Dunlap is responsible for the executive  direction of UFS-1. Mr.
Dunlap is also Executive  Vice  President of Union Bank and Trust  Company,  and
President  of Farmers &  Merchants  Investment  Inc.  He has been an employee of
Union Bank and Trust Company for  approximately  15 years.  Mr. Dunlap is also a
director  of  Stratus  Fund,  Inc.,  Union  Bank and  Trust  Company  and  other
affiliated banks, Union Financial  Services,  Inc., UNIPAC,  InTuition Holdings,
Inc. and Farmers and Merchants  Investment,  Inc. Mr. Dunlap received a Bachelor
of Science  degree in finance and  accounting and a Juris Doctor degree from the
University of Nebraska.

        Stephen F.  Butterfield,  President  and  Director.  As  President,  Mr.
Butterfield  is responsible  for the overall  management and direction of UFS-1.
Included in his  responsibilities  are loan  purchasing,  marketing of corporate
services and coordination of UFS-1's capital market activities.  Mr. Butterfield
has been a member of the student loan  industry  since  January  1989,  first as
President of a for-profit  student loan secondary  marketing facility located in
Scottsdale,  Arizona and  currently as  President  of a non-profit  student loan
secondary  marketing facility in Scottsdale,  Arizona.  Prior to his work in the
student loan industry,  Mr.  Butterfield  spent 15 years as an investment banker
specializing  in municipal  finance.  Mr.  Butterfield  is a director of Outdoor
Systems,  Inc. Mr. Butterfield received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business
from Arizona State University.

        Ronald W. Page, Vice President,  Treasurer,  Secretary and Director.  As
Vice  President,  Treasurer  and  Secretary,  Mr.  Page is  responsible  for the
financial   operations   and   record   keeping  of  UFS-1.   Included   in  his
responsibilities are financial planning and capital market operations.  Mr. Page
spent 20 years as an investment  banker  specializing  in tax-exempt and taxable
asset-backed  finance,  with a specialty in the securitization of student loans.
Mr.  Page  is a  director  of  Union  Financial  Services,  Inc.,  and  Ref-Chem
Corporation.  Mr.  Page  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree in  Business
Administration from the University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, and a Masters
of Public Administration in Public Policy Analysis from the American University,
Washington, DC.
    

     Ross Wilcox,  Director.  Mr.  Wilcox is the Chief  Executive  Officer and a
Director  of Union Bank and Trust  Company and has been  employed or  affiliated
with Union Bank and Trust Company for over 30 years.  Mr. Wilcox is the Chairman
of the Board for Mills County  State Bank and is on the Board of  Directors  for
UNIPAC, Union Financial Services, Inc. and Union Insurance Agency.

     Dr. R. Paul Hoff, Director. Dr. Hoff is a medical doctor who practiced as a
family  physician in Seward,  Nebraska  for  approximately  30 years,  until his
retirement  three  years  ago.  Dr.  Hoff also  serves as member of the Board of
Directors of Packers Service Group,  Inc. Dr. Hoff has been involved in a number
of business  enterprises over the years and currently owns and operates a retail
antique store in Ennis, Montana.

   
        UFS-1's  executive  officers  are  elected  annually  by  the  Board  of
Directors  and serve at the  discretion  of the Board.  UFS-1's  directors  hold
office until the next annual meeting of stockholders  and until their successors
have been duly elected and qualified.

        UFS provides certain administrative services to UFS-1 in connection with
the operation of UFS-1's  student loan program.  UFS receives  compensation  for
those  services,  but the amount of such payments is subject to approval by each
Rating  Agency  and  payments  are made only when  funds  are  available  in the
Operating  Fund.  The  approved  compensation  currently  is  0.18%  of  UFS-1's
outstanding  assets per annum,  or such other  amount as may be specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  UFS also receives  compensation from UFS-1 for
services provided in connection with  structuring,  negotiating and implementing
UFS-1's  financing  programs.  The amount of such fees paid to UFS,  if any,  in
connection  with  issuance  of a series of the Notes  will be  described  in the
applicable Prospectus Supplement.
    

                  THE STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM OF UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.

   
        UFS-1  established  its student loan program in order to effectuate  its
general corporate purposes.
    

                                       39
<PAGE>

Loan Purchase Agreements

   
        UFS-1 will purchase its financed  student loans from "eligible  lenders"
under the Higher  Education Act,  pursuant to the terms of student loan purchase
agreements.  The student loan purchase agreements will identify the portfolio of
student loans to be purchased by UFS-1 and specify the purchase price to be paid
for those loans.  Each seller will be obligated  under the student loan purchase
agreement to deliver each  student  loan note and related  documentation  to the
servicer or subservicer as custodial agent for the Trustee,  and to deliver such
instruments  of  transfer  for the  student  loans as UFS-1 and its  counsel may
determine is necessary for a valid transfer of the loans.

        Each seller will make  representations,  warranties  and covenants  with
respect to the  student  loans sold  pursuant  to its  respective  student  loan
purchase agreement, including the following:

        o      each loan has been duly executed and  delivered  and  constitutes
               the  legal,  valid and  binding  obligation  of the maker and the
               endorser,  if any,  thereof,  enforceable in accordance  with its
               terms.

        o      such  seller is the sole  owner  and  holder of each loan and has
               full  right and  authority  to sell and  assign the same free and
               clear of all liens, pledges or encumbrances.

        o      each loan to be sold under the student loan purchase agreement 
               is either Insured or Guaranteed.

        o      such seller and any independent  servicer have each exercised and
               shall  continue  until the  scheduled  sale date to exercise  due
               diligence and reasonable care in making, administering, servicing
               and collecting the loans.

        o      such seller,  or the lender that  originated a loan, has reported
               the  amount  of  origination  fees,  if  any,  authorized  to  be
               collected with respect to such loan pursuant to Section 438(c) of
               the Act to the  Secretary  for the  period in which  such fee was
               authorized to be collected; and such seller or originating lender
               has made any refund of an origination fee collected in connection
               with  any loan  which  may be  required  pursuant  to the  Higher
               Education Act.

        At the request of UFS-1 or the Trustee, each seller shall repurchase any
loan purchased by UFS-1 from such seller pursuant to its respective student loan
purchase agreement if:

        o      any  representation  or warranty made or furnished by such seller
               in or pursuant to its respective  student loan purchase agreement
               shall prove to have been materially incorrect as to such loan;

        o      the Secretary or a Guarantee  Agency, as the case may be, refuses
               to honor all or part of a claim  filed  with  respect  to a loan,
               including  any  claim for  interest  subsidy,  Special  Allowance
               Payments, insurance, reinsurance or Guarantee payments on account
               of any  circumstance  or event that occurred prior to the sale of
               such loan to UFS-1; or

        o      on account of any wrongful or  negligent  act or omission of such
               seller or its servicing  agent that occurred prior to the sale of
               a loan to UFS-1, a defense that makes the loan  unenforceable  is
               asserted by a maker or endorser, if any, of the loan with respect
               to his or her obligation to pay all or any part of the loan.

        Upon the  occurrence of any of the  conditions  set forth above and upon
the  request  of UFS-1 or the  Trustee,  the  seller is  required  to pay to the
Trustee an amount equal to the then-outstanding  principal balance of such loan,
plus the percentage of premium paid by UFS-1 in connection  with the purchase of
the loan and interest  and Special  Allowance  Payments  accrued and unpaid with
respect to such loan, plus any attorneys'  fees,  legal  expenses,  court costs,
servicing  fees or other expenses  incurred by UFS-1,  the Trustee in connection
with such loans and arising out of the reasons for the repurchase.
    


                                       40
<PAGE>

Servicing of Financed Student Loans

   
        UFS-1 is  required  under  the Act,  the rules  and  regulations  of the
Guarantee  Agency and the  Indenture to use due  diligence in the  servicing and
collection  of financed  student loans and to use  collection  practices no less
extensive and forceful than those generally in use among financial  institutions
with respect to other consumer debt.

        The Trustee is acting as "eligible  lender" with respect to the financed
student loans as an  accommodation to UFS-1 and not for the benefit of any other
party.  Notwithstanding  any  responsibility  that the  Trustee  may have to the
Secretary of Education or any Guarantee  Agency under the Higher  Education Act,
the Trustee shall not have any  responsibility for any action or inaction of the
Trustee,  UFS-1 or any other party in connection with the financed student loans
and the documents, agreements, understandings and arrangements relating thereto.
    

The Servicing Agreements

   
        UFS-1 has entered into a servicing agreement with Union Bank dated as of
which continues until the earlier of
    

               o    termination of the Indenture,

               o    early  termination after material default by the servicer as
                    provided for in the servicing agreement, or

               o    the financed  student  loans  serviced  under the  servicing
                    agreement are paid in full.

   
        Union Bank has entered into an amendment to its servicing agreement with
UNIPAC  Service  Corporation,  a Nebraska  corporation  ("UNIPAC"),  under which
UNIPAC,  as  subservicer,  assumed all of the duties of the  servicer  under the
servicing agreement for the term of the servicing agreement. UNIPAC will provide
data processing and other assistance  necessary in connection with the servicing
of UFS-1's  portfolio of financed  student loans acquired in connection with its
student loan program as required by the Higher  Education  Act and the Guarantee
Agencies.  UFS-1 will cause the Trustee to pay from the Revenue Fund established
under the Indenture to Union Bank servicing  fees,  and Union Bank,  pursuant to
the subservicing agreements,  pays UNIPAC subservicing fees and certain expenses
for the services which UNIPAC  provides.  In the event Union Bank no longer acts
as the primary  servicer of the  financed  student  loan  portfolio,  UNIPAC has
agreed to service the financed  student loans under the terms of and pursuant to
the servicing agreement.

        Under  the  terms  of  the  servicing  agreement,  the  servicer  may be
obligated to pay UFS-1 an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance plus
all  accrued  interest  and other fees due to the date of purchase of a financed
student  loan if the  servicer  causes the loan to be denied the  benefit of any
applicable  guarantee and is unable to cause the reinstatement of such guarantee
within twelve (12) months of denial by the  applicable  Guarantee  Agency.  Upon
such payment,  the loan shall be  subrogated  to the servicer.  In the event the
servicer  cures any  financed  student  loan  which has been  subrogated  to the
servicer,  the servicing agreement provides that UFS-1 shall pay an amount equal
to the then outstanding  principal balance plus all accrued interest due on such
financed  student  loan,  less  the  amount  subject  to  certain  risk  sharing
provisions in the Higher Education Act,  whereupon the subrogation rights of the
servicer shall terminate.

        Another  servicer  may be  designated  by UFS-1 with  respect to certain
financed  student  loans  financed  from the proceeds of any such Series.  If so
designated,  the other servicer and the servicing agreement with respect thereto
will be described in such Prospectus Supplement.  Any servicer, other than Union
Bank,  shall be confirmed  in writing by each Rating  Agency.  In addition,  any
servicing  agreement with Union Bank other than the servicing  agreement will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    



                                       41
<PAGE>

UNIPAC


        UNIPAC began its education loan servicing operations on January 1, 1978,
and provides  education loan servicing,  time sharing,  administration and other
services  to  lenders,   secondary  market  purchasers  and  guarantee  agencies
throughout the United  States.  UNIPAC is a privately  held  corporation,  owned
primarily by Union Bank and Trust Company,  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  with a minority
ownership held by Packers Service Group, Inc., Lincoln,  Nebraska. UNIPAC offers
student loan servicing to lending  institutions and secondary markets.  UNIPAC's
corporate headquarters is located in Aurora,  Colorado. In December 1989, UNIPAC
opened a second  servicing  center in Lincoln,  Nebraska and in November,  1997,
UNIPAC opened a third servicing center in St. Paul, Minnesota.

        UNIPAC's due diligence  schedule is conducted  through  automated letter
generation. Telephone calls are made by an auto-dialer system. All functions are
monitored by an internal  quality  control  system to ensure their  performance.
Compliance  training is provided on both  centralized  and unit level basis.  In
addition, UNIPAC has distinct compliance and internal auditing departments whose
functions are to advise and coordinate  compliance  issues.  In order to provide
these  services,  UNIPAC has developed  and  maintains a computer  mainframe and
software system. See "Certain Relationships Among Financing Participants."

                    DESCRIPTION OF THE FEDERAL FAMILY EDUCATION LOAN PROGRAM

The Federal Family Education Loan Program

        The  Higher  Education  Act  provides  for a program  of direct  federal
insurance for student loans as well as reinsurance  of student loans  guaranteed
or insured by state agencies or private non-profit  corporations  (collectively,
"Federal  Family  Education  Loans"  and  the  "Federal  Family  Education  Loan
Program").

        The Higher Education Act currently  authorizes  certain student loans to
be covered under the Federal Family  Education  Loan Program (the "FFELP").  The
Higher  Education Act  Amendments of 1998 (the "1998  Amendments")  extended the
principal  provisions  of the FFELP  through  September  30, 2004.  Congress has
extended similar  authorization  dates in prior versions of the Higher Education
Act. However, the current  authorization dates may not again be extended and the
other  provisions  of the Higher  Education  Act may not be  continued  in their
present form.

        Generally,  a student is eligible for loans made under the FFELP only if
he or she:

     o    has been accepted for enrollment or is enrolled in good standing at an
          eligible institution of higher education;

     o    is  carrying  or  planning  to  carry  at least  one-half  the  normal
          full-time  workload for the course of study the student is pursuing as
          determined by the institution;

     o    has agreed to notify  promptly  the holder of the loan of any  address
          change; and

     o    meets the applicable "needs" requirements.

        Eligible  institutions  include  higher  educational   institutions  and
vocational schools that comply with certain federal regulations. Each Loan is to
be evidenced by an unsecured note.

        The Higher  Education Act also  establishes  maximum  interest rates for
each of the various types of loans.  These rates vary not only among loan types,
but also  within  loan types  depending  upon when the loan was made or when the
borrower first obtained a loan under the FFELP.  The Higher Education Act allows
lesser rates of interest to be charged.


                                       42
<PAGE>

Types of Loans

        Four types of loans are  currently  available  under the Federal  Family
Education Loan Program:  Stafford Loans, Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, PLUS Loans
and Consolidation  Loans. These loan types vary as to eligibility  requirements,
interest  rates,  repayment  periods,  loan limits and  eligibility for interest
subsidies  and  Special  Allowance  Payments.  Some of these loan types have had
other names in the past.  References  herein to the various loan types  include,
where appropriate, predecessors to such loan types.

        The  primary  loan under the FFELP is the  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loan. Students who are not eligible for Subsidized Stafford Loans based on their
economic  circumstances  may be able to  obtain  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loans.   Parents  of  students  may  be  able  to  obtain  Federal  PLUS  Loans.
Consolidation  Loans are available to borrowers  with existing  loans made under
the FFELP and certain other federal  programs to  consolidate  repayment of such
existing  loans.  Prior  to  July  1,  1994,  the  FFELP  also  offered  Federal
Supplemental   Loans  for  Students   ("Federal  SLS  Loans")  to  graduate  and
professional students and independent  undergraduate students and, under certain
circumstances,  dependent  undergraduate  students, to supplement their Stafford
Loans.

Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans

        General.  Subsidized  Stafford Loans are eligible for reinsurance  under
the Higher  Education  Act if the eligible  student to whom the loan is made has
been  accepted  or is enrolled in good  standing at an eligible  institution  of
higher  education  or  vocational  school and is carrying at least  one-half the
normal  full-time  workload at that  institution.  In connection with Subsidized
Stafford  Loans there are limits as to the maximum  amount which may be borrowed
for  an  academic  year  and  in  the  aggregate  for  both   undergraduate  and
graduate/professional study. Both aggregate limitations exclude loans made under
the Federal SLS and Federal  PLUS  Programs.  The  Secretary  of  Education  has
discretion to raise these limits to accommodate students undertaking specialized
training requiring exceptionally high costs of education.

        Subsidized  Stafford Loans are generally made only to student  borrowers
who meet certain needs tests as provided in the Higher Education Act. Provisions
addressing the  implementation  of needs analysis and the  relationship  between
unmet need for financing and the  availability  of Subsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loan Program  funding have been the subject of frequent and extensive  amendment
in recent years.  Further amendment to such provisions may materially affect the
availability   of   Subsidized   Stafford  Loan  funding  to  borrowers  or  the
availability of Subsidized Stafford Loans for secondary market acquisition.

        Interest Rates for Subsidized  Federal  Stafford  Loans.  For a Stafford
Loan made prior to July 1, 1994,  the  applicable  interest  rate for a borrower
who, on the date the  promissory  note was signed,  did not have an  outstanding
balance on a previous loan which was made, insured or guaranteed under the FFELP
(a "New Borrower"):

               (a)   is 7% per annum for a loan covering a period of instruction
        beginning before January 1,1981;

               (b) is 9% per annum for a loan  covering a period of  instruction
        beginning on or before January 1, 1981, but before September 13, 1983;

               (c) is 8% per annum for a loan  covering a period of  instruction
        beginning on or after September 13, 1983, but before July 1, 1988;

               (d) is 8% per annum for the period from the  disbursement  of the
        loan to the date which is four years  after the loan  enters  repayment,
        for a loan  made  prior  to  October  1,  1992,  covering  a  period  of
        instruction  beginning on or after July 1, 1988, and thereafter shall be
        adjusted  annually,  and for any 12-month period  commencing on a July 1
        shall be equal to the bond equivalent rate of 91-day U.S. Treasury bills
        auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding June 1, plus 3.25%
        per annum (but not to exceed 10% per annum); or

               (e) for a loan made on or after October 1, 1992 shall be adjusted
        annually,  and for any 12-month  period  commencing on a July 1 shall be
        equal  to the  bond  equivalent  rate  of  91-day  U.S.  Treasury  bills
        auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding  June 1, plus 3.1%
        per annum (but not to exceed 9% per annum).


                                       43
<PAGE>

        For a Stafford Loan made prior to July 1, 1994, the applicable  interest
rate for a borrower who, on the date the promissory note evidencing the loan was
signed, had an outstanding balance on a previous loan made insured or guaranteed
under the FFELP (a "Repeat Borrower"):

               (a) for a loan  made  prior  to July 23,  1992 is the  applicable
        interest  rate on the previous  loan or, if such  previous loan is not a
        Stafford Loan 8% per annum or

               (b) for a loan made on or before  July 23, 1992 shall be adjusted
        annually,  and for any twelve month period  commencing on a July 1 shall
        be equal to the bond  equivalent  rate of  91-day  U.S.  Treasury  bills
        auctioned at the final auction prior to the preceding  June 1, plus 3.1%
        per annum but not to exceed:

        o      7% per annum in the case of a Stafford Loan made to a borrower 
               who has a loan described in clause (a) above;

        o      8% per  annum  in the  case  of (A) a  Stafford  Loan  made  to a
               borrower  who has a loan  described  in clause (c)  above,  (B) a
               Stafford  Loan which has not been in repayment for four years and
               which was made to a borrower  who has a loan  described in clause
               (d) above (C) a  Stafford  Loan for which the first  disbursement
               was made prior to December 20, 1993 to a borrower  whose previous
               loans do not include a Stafford Loan or an Unsubsidized  Stafford
               Loan;

        o      9% per  annum  in the  case  of (A) a  Stafford  Loan  made  to a
               borrower who has a loan  described in clauses (b) or (e) above or
               (B) a Stafford Loan for which the first  disbursement was made on
               or after  December 20, 1993 to a borrower whose previous loans do
               not include a Stafford Loan or an Unsubsidized Stafford Loan; and

        o      10% per annum in the case of a  Stafford  Loan  which has been in
               repayment for four years or more and which was made to a borrower
               who has a loan described in clause (d) above.

        The interest  rate on all  Stafford  Loans made on or after July 1, 1994
but prior to July 1, 1998,  regardless of whether the borrower is a New Borrower
or a Repeat  Borrower,  is the rate  described in clause (b) above,  except that
such rate shall not exceed  8.25% per annum.  For any  Stafford  Loan made on or
after July 1, 1995,  the interest rate is further  reduced prior to the time the
loan enters repayment and during any Deferment Periods. During such periods, the
formula  described  in  clause  (b)  above  is  applied,  except  that  2.5%  is
substituted for 3.1%, and the rate shall not exceed 8.25% per annum.

        For Stafford  Loans made on or after July 1, 1998 but before  October 1,
1998,  the  applicable  interest  rate shall be adjusted  annually,  and for any
twelve month period commencing on a July 1 shall be equal to the bond equivalent
rate of 91-day U.S.  Treasury bills  auctioned at the final auction prior to the
proceeding  June 1,  plus  1.7% per  annum  prior  to the  time the loan  enters
repayment and during any Deferment Periods, and 2.3% per annum during repayment,
but not to exceed 8.25% per annum.

        For loans made on or after  October 1, 1998,  the  applicable  rate will
continue to be adjusted  annually,  but for any 12-month period  commencing on a
July 1 will be equal to the bond equivalent rate of securities with a comparable
maturity (as established by the Secretary of Education),  plus 1% per annum, but
not to exceed 8.25% per annum.  There can be no assurance that the interest rate
provisions  for such loans will not be further  amended,  either before or after
the rate described herein becomes effective.



                                       44
<PAGE>


<PAGE>

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loans

        General.  The Unsubsidized  Federal Stafford Loan Program was created by
Congress in 1992 for students who do not qualify for  Subsidized  Stafford Loans
due to parental and/or student income and assets in excess of permitted amounts.
Such  students are entitled to borrow the  difference  between the Stafford Loan
maximum and their  Subsidized  Stafford  eligibility  through  the  Unsubsidized
Stafford program. In other respects,  the general  requirements for Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans are essentially the same as those for Subsidized  Stafford Loans.
The  interest  rate,  the annual loan limits and the special  allowance  payment
provisions of the  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans are the same as the  Subsidized
Stafford Loans.  However,  the terms of the  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans differ
materially  from Subsidized  Stafford Loans in that the federal  government will
not make  interest  subsidy  payments and the loan  limitations  are  determined
without  respect to the  expected  family  contribution.  The  borrower  will be
required to pay interest from the time such loan is disbursed or capitalize  the
interest until repayment begins.  Unsubsidized Stafford Loans were not available
before October 1, 1992. A student meeting the general  eligibility  requirements
for a loan under the FFELP is eligible for an Unsubsidized Stafford Loan without
regard to need.

        Interest Rates for  Unsubsidized  Federal  Stafford Loans.  Unsubsidized
Stafford  Loans are subject to the same interest  rate  provisions as Subsidized
Stafford Loans.

Federal PLUS Loans

        General.  PLUS Loans are made only to  borrowers  who are  parents  and,
under  certain  circumstances,   spouses  of  remarried  parents,  of  dependent
undergraduate students. For PLUS Loans made on or after July 1, 1993, the parent
borrower  must not have an adverse  credit  history as  determined  pursuant  to
criteria  established  by the  Department  of  Education.  The basic  provisions
applicable to PLUS Loans are similar to those of Subsidized  Stafford Loans with
respect to the involvement of guarantee  agencies and the Secretary of Education
in  providing  federal  reinsurance  on the loans.  However,  PLUS Loans  differ
significantly  from  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans,  particularly  because federal
interest  subsidy  payments  are not  available  under the PLUS Loan program and
special  allowance  payments are more restricted.  Prior to the Higher Education
Amendments of 1986, the Higher  Education Act did not  distinguish  between PLUS
Loans and SLS Loans.  Student  borrowers were eligible for PLUS Loans;  however,
parents of graduate and professional students were ineligible.

        Interest  Rates for Federal PLUS Loans.  The  applicable  interest  rate
depends upon the date of issuance of the loan and the period of  enrollment  for
which the loan is to apply. The applicable interest rate on a PLUS Loan:

               (a)    made on or after January 1, 1981, but before October 1, 
         1981, is 9% per annum;

               (b)    made on or after October 1, 1981, but before November 1,
         1982, is 14% per annum;

               (c)    made on or after November 1, 1982, but before July 1, 
        1987, is 12% per annum;

               (d) made on or after  July 1, 1987,  but  before  October 1, 1992
        shall be adjusted  annually,  and for any 12-month  period  beginning on
        July 1 shall  be  equal  to the bond  equivalent  rate of  52-week  U.S.
        Treasury  bills  auctioned at the final  auction  prior to the preceding
        June 1, plus 3.25% per annum (but not to exceed 12% per annum);

               (e) made on or after  October 1, 1992,  but before  July 1, 1994,
        shall be adjusted  annually,  and for any 12-month  period  beginning on
        July 1 shall  be  equal  to the bond  equivalent  rate of  52-week  U.S.
        Treasury  bills  auctioned at the final  auction  prior to the preceding
        June 1, plus 3.1% per annum (but not to exceed 10% per annum).

               (f) made on or after July 1, 1994,  but before  July 1, 1998,  is
        the same as that  described  in clause (e) above,  except that such rate
        shall not exceed 9% per annum; or


                                       45
<PAGE>

               (g) made on or after  July 1, 1998,  but before  October 1, 1998,
        shall be adjusted  annually,  and for any 12-month  period  beginning on
        July 1 shall  be  equal  to the  bond  equivalent  rate of  91-day  U.S.
        Treasury  bills  auctioned at the final auction prior to the  proceeding
        June 1, plus 3.1% per annum (but not to exceed 9% per annum).

        For PLUS Loans made on or after  October 1, 1998,  the  applicable  rate
will continue to be adjusted annually, but for any 12-month period commencing on
a July 1 will  be  equal  to the  bond  equivalent  rate  of  securities  with a
comparable  maturity (as  established by the Secretary of Education),  plus 2.1%
per annum, but not to exceed 9% per annum.

        If requested by the borrower,  an eligible lender may consolidate SLS or
PLUS  Loans of the same  borrower  held by the lender  under a single  repayment
schedule.  The  repayment  period for each  included  loan shall be based on the
commencement of repayment of the most recent loan. The  consolidated  loan shall
bear  interest  at a rate  equal to the  weighted  average  of the  rates of the
included loans. Such a consolidation shall not be treated as the making of a new
loan.  In addition,  at the request of the  borrower,  a lender may refinance an
existing  fixed rate SLS or PLUS Loan,  including  an SLS or PLUS Loan held by a
different lender who has refused to refinance such loan, at a variable  interest
rate.  In such a case,  proceeds  of the new  loan  are  used to  discharge  the
original loan.

Federal SLS Loans

   
        General.  Eligible  borrowers  for SLS Loans were limited to graduate or
professional  students,  independent  undergraduate  students, and under certain
circumstances,  dependent undergraduate students, if such students' parents were
unable  to obtain a PLUS Loan and were also  unable to  provide  such  students'
expected  family  contribution.  Except for  dependent  undergraduate  students,
eligibility  for SLS  Loans was  determined  without  regard to need.  The basic
provisions  applicable to SLS Loans are similar to those of Subsidized  Stafford
Loans with respect to the involvement of guarantee agencies and the Secretary of
Education in providing  federal  reinsurance  on the loans.  However,  SLS Loans
differ  significantly  from  Subsidized  Stafford  Loans,  particularly  because
federal  interest  subsidy payments are not available under the SLS Loan program
and special allowance payments are more restricted.
    

        Interest Rates for Federal SLS Loans.  The applicable  interest rates on
SLS Loans made prior to October 1, 1992 are identical to the applicable interest
rates  on PLUS  Loans  made at the same  time.  For SLS  Loans  made on or after
October 1, 1992,  the  applicable  interest  rate is the same as the  applicable
interest rate on PLUS Loans, except that the ceiling is 11% per annum instead of
10% per annum.

Federal Consolidation Loans

        General.  The Higher  Education  Act  authorizes  a program  under which
certain borrowers may consolidate their various student loans into a single loan
insured and reinsured on a basis similar to Subsidized  Stafford Loans.  Federal
Consolidation  Loans  may be made in an  amount  sufficient  to pay  outstanding
principal,  unpaid  interest  and late charges on certain  federally  insured or
reinsured  student loans  incurred  under and pursuant to the FFELP,  other than
Federal PLUS Loans made to "parent borrowers", selected by the borrower, as well
as loans made pursuant to the Perkins (formally  "National Direct Student Loan")
and  Health   Professional   Student  Loan  Programs.   To  be  eligible  for  a
Consolidation  Loan, a borrower must have  outstanding  indebtedness  on student
loans made under the FFELP and/or  certain other federal  student loan programs,
and be in repayment status or in a Grace Period, or be a defaulted  borrower who
has made  arrangements to repay any defaulted loan satisfactory to the holder of
the defaulted loan.

        A married couple who agree to be jointly liable on a Consolidation Loan,
for which the  application  is  received  on or after  January 1,  1993,  may be
treated as an individual  for purposes of obtaining a  Consolidation  Loan.  For
Consolidation Loans disbursed prior to July 1, 1994 the borrower was required to
have  outstanding  student loan  indebtedness  of at least $7,500.  Prior to the
adoption of the Higher  Education  Technical  amendments Act of 1993, PLUS Loans
could not be included in the  Consolidation  Loan. For  Consolidation  Loans for
which the  applications  were  received  prior to January 1, 1993,  the  minimum
student loan  indebtedness  was $5,000 and the borrower  could not be delinquent
more than 90 days in the payment of such indebtedness. For applications received
on or after  January 1, 1993,  borrowers may add  additional  loans to a Federal
Consolidation  Loan during the 180-day period  following the  origination of the
Federal Consolidation Loan.


                                       46
<PAGE>

        Interest Rates for Federal  Consolidation  Loans. A  Consolidation  Loan
made  prior to July 1,  1994  bears  interest  at a rate  equal to the  weighted
average of the interest rates on the loans retired, rounded to the nearest whole
percent,  but not  less  than 9% per  annum.  Except  as  described  in the next
sentence, a Consolidation Loan made on or after July 1, 1994 bears interest at a
rate equal to the weighted  average of the interest  rates on the loans retired,
rounded  upward to the nearest whole  percent,  but with no minimum rate.  For a
Consolidation  Loan for which the  application is received by an eligible lender
on or after  November 13, 1997 and before  October 1, 1998,  the  interest  rate
shall be adjusted annually, and for any twelve-month period commencing on a July
1 shall be equal to the bond  equivalent  rate of  91-day  U.S.  Treasury  bills
auctioned  at the final  auction  prior to the  preceding  June 1, plus 3.1% per
annum, but not to exceed 8.25% per annum. Notwithstanding these general interest
rates,  the  portion,  if any, of a  Consolidation  Loan that repaid a loan made
under title VII, Sections 700-721 of the Public Health Services Act, as amended,
has a different  variable  interest rate.  Such portion is adjusted on July 1 of
each year,  but is the sum of the average of the T-Bill Rates  auctioned for the
quarter  ending on the  preceding  June 30,  plus 3.0%,  without  any cap on the
interest rate. (For a discussion of required  payments that reduce the return on
Consolidation Loans, see "Fees - Rebate Fees on Consolidation Loans" below.)

Maximum Loan Amounts

        Each  type of loan is  subject  to limits  as to the  maximum  principal
amount,  both with respect to a given year and in the  aggregate.  Consolidation
Loans are limited only by the amount of eligible loans to be  consolidated.  All
of the loans are limited to the  difference  between the cost of attendance  and
the other aid  available  to the  student.  Stafford  Loans are also  subject to
limits  based upon the needs  analysis as  described  above  under  "Eligibility
Stafford Loans" above. Additional limits are described below.

        Loan Limits for  Stafford and  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans.  Except as
described in the next paragraph,  Stafford and  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans are
generally  treated as one loan type for loan limit  purposes.  A student who has
not  successfully  completed  the  first  year  of a  program  of  undergraduate
education  may  borrow up to  $2,625  in an  academic  year.  A student  who has
successfully  completed such first year, but who has not successfully  completed
the second  year may borrow up to $3,500 per  academic  year.  An  undergraduate
student who has  successfully  completed the first and second year,  but who has
not  successfully   completed  the  remainder  of  a  program  of  undergraduate
education,  may borrow up to $5,500 per academic year. For students  enrolled in
programs  of less than an  academic  year in length,  the  limits are  generally
reduced in  proportion  to the amount by which such  programs  are less than one
year in length. A graduate or professional student may borrow up to $8,500 in an
academic  year.  The  maximum  aggregate  amount of  Stafford  and  Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans  (including  that portion of a  Consolidation  Loan used to repay
such loans) which an undergraduate  student may have outstanding is $23,000. The
maximum  aggregate  amount for a graduate and  professional  student,  including
loans for undergraduate  education,  is $65,500.  The Secretary is authorized to
increase the limits  applicable  to graduate and  professional  students who are
pursuing programs which the Secretary determines to be exceptionally expensive.

        At the  time  that SLS  Loans  were  eliminated,  the  loan  limits  for
Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans were  increased by amounts  equal to the prior SLS
Loan limits (as described  below under "SLS  Loans").  Prior to the enactment of
the Higher Education  Amendments of 1992, an  undergraduate  student who had not
successfully  completed the first and second year of a program of  undergraduate
education  could  borrow  Stafford  Loans in amounts up to $2,625 in an academic
year. An  undergraduate  student who had  successfully  completed such first and
second year, but who had not  successfully  completed the remainder of a program
of  undergraduate  education  could borrow up to $4,000 per academic  year.  The
maximum for graduate and professional students was $7,500 per academic year. The
maximum  aggregate  amount  of  Stafford  Loans  which  a  borrower  could  have
outstanding  (including that portion of a Consolidation  Loan used to repay such
loans) was $17,250.  The maximum aggregate amount for a graduate or professional
student, including loans for undergraduate education, was $54,750.
Prior to the 1986 changes, the annual limits were generally lower.

        Loan  Limits  for Plus  Loans.  For Plus  Loans made on or after July 1,
1993,  the amounts of Plus Loans are limited only by the  student's  unmet need.
Prior to that time Plus Loans were  subject to limits  similar to those to which
SLS Loans were then  subject  (see "SLS Loans"  below),  applied with respect to
each student on behalf of whom the parent borrowed.


                                       47
<PAGE>

        Loan Limits for SLS Loans. A student who had not successfully  completed
the first and second year of a program of  undergraduate  education could borrow
an SLS  Loan in an  amount  of up to  $4,000.  A  student  who had  successfully
completed such first and second year, but who had not successfully completed the
remainder of a program of undergraduate  education could borrow up to $5,000 per
year.  Graduate and  professional  students could borrow up to $10,000 per year.
SLS Loans were subject to an aggregate  maximum of $23,000 ($73,000 for graduate
and professional students).  Prior to the 1992 changes, SLS Loans were available
in amounts of $4,000 per academic year, up to a $20,000 aggregate maximum. Prior
to the 1986 changes,  a graduate or professional  student could borrow $3,000 of
SLS  Loans  per  academic  year,  up to a $15,000  maximum,  and an  independent
undergraduate  student  could borrow $2,500 of SLS Loans per academic year minus
the amount of all other FFEL  Program  loans to such  student for such  academic
year,  up to the maximum  amount of all FFEL  Program  loans to that  student of
$12,500.  In 1989, the amount of SLS Loans for students  enrolled in programs of
less than an  academic  year in length were  limited in a manner  similar to the
limits described above under "Stafford Loans".

Disbursement Requirements

        The Higher  Education Act now requires that virtually all Stafford Loans
and PLUS  Loans be  disbursed  by  eligible  lenders  in at least  two  separate
installments.  The  proceeds  of a loan  made  to any  undergraduate  first-year
student  borrowing for the first time under the program must be delivered to the
student no earlier than thirty days after the enrollment period begins.

Repayment

        Grace  Periods.  Loans made under the  FFELP,  other than  Consolidation
Loans,  must provide for repayment of principal in periodic  installments over a
period of not less than five nor more than ten years.  Lenders  are  required to
offer extended  repayment  schedules to new borrowers after the enactment of the
1998 Amendments who accumulate  outstanding loans of more than $30,000, in which
case the repayment  period may extend up to 25 years subject to certain  minimum
repayment amounts. A Consolidation Loan must be repaid during a period agreed to
by the  borrower and lender,  subject to maximum  repayment  periods  which vary
depending upon the principal amount of the borrower's outstanding student loans,
but no longer than 30 years. For  Consolidation  Loans for which the application
was received prior to January 1, 1993, the repayment  period could not exceed 25
years.  Repayment  of principal  on a Stafford  Loan does not  commence  while a
student remains a qualified student, but generally begins upon expiration of the
applicable Grace Period as described below.  Such Grace Periods may be waived by
borrowers.  For Stafford Loans for which the  applicable  rate of interest is 7%
per annum,  the repayment period commences not more than twelve months after the
borrower  ceases  to  pursue at least a  half-time  course  of study.  For other
Stafford Loans and  Unsubsidized  Stafford Loans, the repayment period commences
not more  than six  months  after  the  borrower  ceases  to  pursue  at least a
half-time  course of study. The six month or twelve month periods are the "Grace
Periods".

        In the case of SLS, PLUS and  Consolidated  Loans,  the repayment period
commences  on the  date of  final  disbursement  of the  loan,  except  that the
borrower of an SLS Loan who also has a Stafford Loan may defer  repayment of the
SLS Loan to coincide  with the  commencement  of  repayment  of the  Stafford or
Unsubsidized  Stafford Loan.  During periods in which  repayment of principal is
required,  payments of principal  and interest must in general be made at a rate
of not less  than the  greater  of $600 per year or the  interest  that  accrues
during the year,  except that a borrower and lender may agree at any time before
or during  the  repayment  period  that  repayment  may be at a lesser  rate.  A
borrower may agree,  with  concurrence of the lender,  to repay the loan in less
than five years with the right  subsequently  to extend  his  minimum  repayment
period to five years.  Borrowers may accelerate,  without penalty, the repayment
of all or any part of the loan.

        Income   Sensitive   Repayment   Schedules.   Since  1992,   lenders  of
Consolidation   Loans   have   been   required   to   establish   graduated   or
income-sensitive  repayment schedules and lenders of Stafford and SLS Loans have
been  required to offer  borrowers  the option of repaying  in  accordance  with
graduated or income-sensitive repayment schedules. UFS-1 may implement graduated
repayment   schedules  and   income-sensitive   repayment   schedules.   Use  of
income-sensitive repayment schedules may extend the ten-year maximum term for up
to five years.  In addition,  if the repayment  schedule on a loan that has been
converted to a variable  interest rate does not provide for  adjustments  to the
amount of the monthly  installment  payments,  the ten-year  maximum term may be
extended for up to three years.


                                       48
<PAGE>

        Deferment Periods.  No principal  repayments need be made during certain
periods  of  deferment  prescribed  by  the  Higher  Education  Act  ("Deferment
Periods"). For loans to a borrower who first obtained a loan which was disbursed
before July 1, 1993, deferments are available:

     o    during a period not  exceeding  three  years  while the  borrower is a
          member of the Armed Forces,  an officer in the  Commissioned  Corps of
          the Public  Health  Service or, with  respect to a borrower  who first
          obtained a student  loan  disbursed  on or after  July 1,  1987,  or a
          student  loan  to  cover  the  cost of  instruction  for a  period  of
          enrollment  beginning on or after July 1, 1987,  an active duty member
          of the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Corps;

     o    during a period not in excess of three years  while the  borrower is a
          volunteer under the Peace Corps Act;

     o    during a period not in excess of three years  while the  borrower is a
          full-time volunteer under the Domestic Volunteer Act of 1973;

     o    during a period not  exceeding  three years  while the  borrower is in
          service,  comparable  to the service  referred to in clauses  (ii) and
          (iii), as a full-time  volunteer for an  organization  which is exempt
          from taxation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code;

     o    during a period not  exceeding two years while the borrower is serving
          an  internship,  the  successful  completion  of which is  required to
          receive  professional   recognition  required  to  begin  professional
          practice or service, or a qualified internship or residency program;

     o    during a period  not  exceeding  three  years  while the  borrower  is
          temporarily  totally disabled,  as established by sworn affidavit of a
          qualified  physician,  or while  the  borrower  is  unable  to  secure
          employment  by reason of the care  required by a  dependent  who is so
          disabled;

     o    during a period not to exceed twenty-four months while the borrower is
          seeking and unable to find full-time employment;

     o    during any period that the borrower is pursuing a full-time  course of
          study at an eligible  institution  (or, with respect to a borrower who
          first obtained a student loan disbursed on or after July 1, 1987, or a
          student  loan  to  cover  the  cost of  instruction  for a  period  of
          enrollment  beginning on or after July 1, 1987, is pursuing at least a
          half-time  course of study for which the  borrower has obtained a loan
          under the  FFELP),  or is  pursuing  a course of study  pursuant  to a
          graduate  fellowship program or a rehabilitation  training program for
          disabled individuals approved by the Secretary of Education;

     o    during a period,  not in excess of 6 months,  while the borrower is on
          parental leave; and

     o    only with  respect to a  borrower  who first  obtained a student  loan
          disbursed  on or after  July 1, 1987,  or a student  loan to cover the
          cost of instruction  for a period of enrollment  beginning on or after
          July 1, 1987,  (A) during a period not in excess of three  years while
          the borrower is a full-time  teacher in a public or nonprofit  private
          elementary  or  secondary  school  in a  "teacher  shortage  area" (as
          prescribed by the Secretary of Education), and (B) during a period not
          in excess of 12 months for mothers,  with preschool age children,  who
          are entering or re-entering  the work force and who are compensated at
          a rate not  exceeding  $1 per hour in  excess of the  federal  minimum
          wage.

        For loans to a  borrower  who first  obtains a loan on or after  July 1,
1993, deferments are available:


                                       49
<PAGE>

               (a) during any period  that the  borrower  is pursuing at least a
half-time  course  of  study at an  eligible  institution  or a course  of study
pursuant to a graduate  fellowship  program or  rehabilitation  training program
approved by the Secretary;

               (b) during a period not exceeding  three years while the borrower
is seeking and unable to find full-time employment; and

               (c) during a period  not in excess of three  years for any reason
which the lender  determines,  in accordance with  regulations  under the Higher
Education Act, has caused or will cause the borrower economic hardship. Economic
hardship  includes  working full time and earning an amount not in excess of the
greater of the minimum wage or the poverty line for a family of two.  Additional
categories  of  economic  hardship  are  based  on the  relationship  between  a
borrower's educational debt burden and his or her income.

        Prior to the 1992 changes, only the Deferment Periods described above in
clauses (vi) and (vii) (with  respect to the parent  borrower) and the Deferment
Period  described  in clause  (viii) (with  respect to the parent  borrower or a
student  on whose  behalf  the  parent  borrowed)  were  available  to PLUS Loan
borrowers, and only the Deferment Periods described above in clauses (vi), (vii)
and (viii) were available to  Consolidation  Loan  borrowers.  Prior to the 1986
changes, PLUS Loan borrowers were not entitled to Deferment Periods.
Deferment Periods extend the ten-year maximum term.

        Forbearance  Period.  The Higher Education Act also provides for periods
of  forbearance  during  which  the  borrower,  in case of  temporary  financial
hardship,  may defer any  payments  (a  "Forbearance  Period").  A  borrower  is
entitled  to  forbearance  for a period  not to  exceed  three  years  while the
borrower's  debt  burden  under  Title IV of the  Higher  Education  Act  (which
includes the FFELP) equals or exceeds 20% of the  borrower's  gross income,  and
also is  entitled  to  forbearance  while he or she is serving  in a  qualifying
medical or dental  internship  program or in a "national service position" under
the National and Community  Service  Trust Act of 1993.  In addition,  mandatory
administrative  forbearances are provided when exceptional circumstances such as
a local or  national  emergency  or  military  mobilization  exist,  or when the
geographical  area in which the borrower or endorser resides has been designated
a  disaster  area by the  President  of the United  States or Mexico,  the Prime
Minister  of Canada,  or by the  governor  of a state.  In other  circumstances,
forbearance is at the lender's  option.  Such  forbearance  also extends the ten
year maximum term.

        Interest Payments During Grace,  Deferment and Forbearance  Periods.  As
described under "Interest  Subsidy  Payments"  below, the Secretary of Education
makes  interest  payments on behalf of the  borrower of certain  eligible  loans
while the borrower is in school and during Grace and Deferment Periods. Interest
that  accrues  during  Forbearance  Periods and, if the loan is not eligible for
interest Subsidy Payments,  while the borrower is in school and during the Grace
and Deferment Periods, may be paid monthly or quarterly or capitalized (added to
the principal balance) not more frequently than quarterly.

Fees

        Guarantee Fee. A Guarantee Agency is authorized to charge a premium,  or
guarantee  fee, of up to 1% of the principal  amount of the loan,  which must be
deducted  proportionately  from each installment  payment of the proceeds of the
loan to the borrower.  Guarantee  fees may not currently be charged to borrowers
of  Consolidation  Loans.  However,  lenders may be charged an insurance  fee to
cover the costs of increased or extended liability with respect to Consolidation
Loans. For loans made prior to July 1, 1994, the maximum guarantee fee was 3% of
the principal amount of the loan, but no such guarantee fee was authorized to be
charged with respect to Unsubsidized Stafford Loans.

        Origination Fee. An eligible lender is authorized to charge the borrower
of a Stafford or PLUS Loan an  origination  fee in an amount not to exceed 3% of
the principal  amount of the loan,  and is required to charge the borrower of an
Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loan  an  origination  fee  in the  amount  of 3% of the
principal amount of the loan. These fees must be deducted  proportionately  from
each  installment  payment of the loan proceeds prior to payment to the borrower
and are not  retained by the lender,  but must be passed on to the  Secretary of
Education.  For loans made prior to July 1, 1994, the maximum authorized fee for
Stafford,  PLUS and SLS  Loans was 5%,  and the  required  fee for  Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans was 6.5% of the principal amount of the loan.

        Lender  Origination  Fee. The lender of any loan under the FFELP made on
or after  October 1, 1993 is required to pay to the Secretary of Education a fee
equal to 0.5% of the principal amount of such loan.


                                       50
<PAGE>

        Rebate Fee on Consolidation  Loans. The holder of any Consolidation Loan
made  on or  after  October  1,  1993 is  required  to pay to the  Secretary  of
Education  a monthly  fee equal to .0875%  (1.05%  per  annum) of the  principal
amount of, and accrued  interest  on, such  Consolidation  Loan.  For loans made
pursuant to applications  received on or after October 1, 1998, and on or before
January 31, 1999 the fee on consolidation loans of 1.0% is reduced to .62%.

Interest Subsidy Payments

        "Interest  Subsidy  Payments" are interest payments paid with respect to
an  eligible  loan  during  the  period  prior to the time that the loan  enters
repayment and during Grace and Deferment Periods. The Secretary of Education and
the Guarantee Agencies entered into Interest Subsidy Agreements (as described in
"Description  of the  Guarantee  Agencies  -- Federal  Agreements")  whereby the
Secretary of Education agrees to pay Interest Subsidy Payments to the holders of
eligible   guaranteed   loans  for  the  benefit  of  students  meeting  certain
requirements,  subject to the holders'  compliance with all  requirements of the
Higher Education Act. Only Stafford Loans and Consolidation  Loans for which the
application  was received on or after January 1, 1993, are eligible for Interest
Subsidy  Payments.  Consolidation  Loans made after August 10, 1993 are eligible
for  Interest  Subsidy  Payments  only if all  loans  consolidated  thereby  are
Stafford  Loans,  except that  Consolidation  Loans for which the application is
received by an eligible  lender on or after November 13, 1997 and before October
1, 1998,  are  eligible  for  Interest  Subsidy  Payments on that portion of the
Consolidation  Loan that repays Stafford Loans or similar  subsidized loans made
under the direct loan program. In addition,  to be eligible for Interest Subsidy
Payments,  guaranteed  loans  must be  made  by an  eligible  lender  under  the
applicable  Guarantee  Agency's  guarantee  program,  and must meet requirements
prescribed by the rules and regulations  promulgated  under the Higher Education
Act.

        The Secretary of Education makes Interest Subsidy Payments  quarterly on
behalf of the  borrower  to the holder of a  guaranteed  loan in a total  amount
equal to the interest which accrues on the unpaid  principal amount prior to the
commencement of the repayment period of the loan or during any Deferment Period.
A borrower  may elect to forego  Interest  Subsidy  Payments,  in which case the
borrower is required to make interest payments.

Special Allowance Payments

        The Higher Education Act provides for special  allowance  payments to be
made by the  Secretary of Education to eligible  lenders.  The rates for special
allowance  payments are based on formulas  that differ  according to the type of
loan,  the date the loan was  originally  made or insured  and the type of funds
used to finance  such loan  (taxable or  tax-exempt).  The amount of the Special
Allowance  Payments,  which  are  made on a  quarterly  basis,  is  computed  by
reference  to the average of the bond  equivalent  rates of the 91-day  Treasury
bills auctioned during the preceding quarter (the "T-Bill Rate").

        Federal  Subsidized  and  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans.  The  effective
formulas for special  allowance  payment  rates for  Stafford  and  Unsubsidized
Stafford Loans are summarized in the following chart:


        Date of Loans                         Annualized SAP Rate
- ----------------------------  -------------------------------------------------
On or after October 1, 1981   T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate +3.5%

On or after November 16, 1986 T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate +3.25%

On or after October 1, 1992   T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate +3.1%

On or after July 1, 1995      T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate +2.5%(1)

On or after July 1, 1998      T-Bill Rate less Applicable Interest Rate +2.1%(2)

- --------------
(1)     Applies to Stafford and  Unsubsidized  Stafford  Loans prior to the time
        such loans enter repayment and during any Deferment Periods.

(2)     Substitute 2.8% in this formula while such loans are in repayment.


                                       51
<PAGE>

        For Loans  made on or after  October  1,  1998,  the  special  allowance
formula is revised similarly to the manner in which the applicable interest rate
formula is revised (as defined above under "Interest Rates for Stafford Loans").

        The  effective   formulas  for  special   allowance  payment  rates  for
Subsidized Federal Stafford Loans differ depending on whether loans to borrowers
whose  first  loans  were  disbursed  prior to July 23,  1992 were  acquired  or
originated  with the  proceeds  of  tax-exempt  obligations.  There are  minimum
special allowance  payment rates for Subsidized  Federal Stafford Loans acquired
with  proceeds  of  tax-exempt  obligations  made on and after  October 1, 1980,
except for 427A Loans (while bearing interest at 10%),  which rates  effectively
ensure an overall  minimum return of 9.5% on such  Subsidized  Federal  Stafford
Loans.  However,  loans  acquired  with the proceeds of  tax-exempt  obligations
originally  issued  after  September  30,  1993 will no longer be  assured  of a
minimum special allowance payment. In addition,  the formula will be the same as
for loans  acquired with taxable  proceeds  (i.e.,  the full,  rather than half,
special allowance payment rate).

        Federal PLUS and SLS Loans.  For PLUS and SLS Loans which bear  interest
at rates adjusted  annually,  Special Allowance  Payments are made only in years
during which the interest rate ceiling on such loans operates to reduce the rate
that would  otherwise  apply based upon the  applicable  formula.  See "Interest
Rates  for PLUS  Loans"  and  "Interest  Rates  for SLS  Loans"  above.  Special
Allowance  Payments are paid with respect to PLUS Loans made on or after July 1,
1994  only if the  rate  that  would  otherwise  apply  exceeds  10% per  annum,
notwithstanding  that the  interest  rate ceiling on such loans is 9% per annum.
The portion, if any, of a Consolidation Loan that repaid a loan made under Title
VII,  Sections  700-721  of the Public  Health  Services  Act,  as  amended,  is
ineligible for Special Allowance Payments.

        The Balanced  Budget and Deficit  Control Act of 1985, as amended (known
as the "Gramm-Rudman Law") requires the President to issue a sequester order for
any federal  fiscal year in which the  projected  budget  exceeds the target for
that year. A sequester order for any fiscal year would apply to loans made on or
after  October 1 of that fiscal  year.  The  sequester  order  would  change the
formula for calculating  Special  Allowance  Payments for the first four Special
Allowance  Payment periods  relating to loans  originally  disbursed during that
fiscal year. The special  allowance  formula would be reduced to the T-Bill Rate
plus 3.0% (for loans with a special  allowance  formula of the T-Bill  Rate plus
3.1%).

        The Higher Education Act provides that if Special Allowance  Payments or
Interest  Subsidy Payments have not been made within 30 days after the Secretary
of Education  receives an accurate,  timely and complete request  therefor,  the
special  allowance  payable to such holder shall be increased by an amount equal
to the daily  interest  accruing on the Special  Allowance and Interest  Subsidy
Payments due the holder.
        Special Allowance  Payments and Interest Subsidy Payments are reduced by
the  amount  which  the  lender  is  authorized  or  required  to  charge  as an
origination  fee,  as  described  above  under  "Fees --  Origination  Fee".  In
addition,  the amount of the lender  origination fee described above under "Fees
- -- Lender Origination Fees" is collected by offset to Special Allowance Payments
and Interest Subsidy Payments.


                                       52
<PAGE>

                      DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE AGENCIES

        The financed student loans in the trust estate will be guaranteed by any
one or more Guarantee Agencies identified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
The following discussion relates to Guarantee Agencies under the FFELP.

        A  Guarantee  Agency  guarantees  loans made to  students  or parents of
students by lending institutions such as banks, credit unions,  savings and loan
associations,   certain  schools,  pension  funds  and  insurance  companies.  A
Guarantee  Agency  generally  purchases  defaulted  student  loans  which it has
guaranteed  from its cash and  reserves  (generally  referred  to  herein as its
"Reserve  Fund") A lender may  submit a default  claim to the  Guarantee  Agency
after the student loan has been  delinquent  for at least 240 days.  The default
claim package must include all information and documentation  required under the
FFELP regulations and the Guarantee Agency's policies and procedures.

        In  general,   a  Guarantee   Agency's  Reserve  Fund  has  been  funded
principally  by  administrative   cost  allowances  paid  by  the  Secretary  of
Education,  guarantee fees paid by lenders,  investment  income on moneys in the
Reserve Fund, and a portion of the moneys collected from borrowers on Guaranteed
Loans that have been  reimbursed  by the  Secretary  of  Education  to cover the
Guarantee Agency's administrative expenses.

        Various changes to the Higher Education Act have adversely  affected the
receipt of  revenues by the  Guarantee  Agencies  and their  ability to maintain
their Reserve Funds at previous  levels,  and may adversely affect their ability
to meet their  guarantee  obligations.  These  changes  include the reduction in
reinsurance  payments  from  the  Secretary  of  Education  because  of  reduced
reimbursement  percentages;  the reduction in maximum  permitted  guarantee fees
from 3% to 1% for loans made on or after July 1, 1994;  the  replacement  of the
administrative  cost allowance  with a student loan  processing and issuance fee
equal to 65 basis points (40 basis points for loans made one or after October 1,
1993) paid at the time a loan is guaranteed,  and an account  maintenance fee of
12 basis points (10 basis points for fiscal years  2001-2003)  paid  annually on
outstanding  guaranteed  student loans; the reduction in supplemental  preclaims
assistance  payments  from the  Secretary  of  Education;  and the  reduction in
retention by a Guarantee  Agency of collections  on defaulted  loans from 27% to
24% (23%  beginning  on  October  1,  2003).  Additionally,  the  adequacy  of a
Guarantee  Agency's Reserve Fund to meet its guarantee  obligations with respect
to existing  student  loans  depends,  in  significant  part,  on its ability to
collect revenues  generated by new loan  guarantees.  The Federal Direct Student
Loan  Program  discussed  below  may  adversely  affect  the  volume of new loan
guarantees.  Future  legislation  may  make  additional  changes  to the  Higher
Education Act that would significantly affect the revenues received by Guarantee
Agencies and the structure of the guarantee agency program.

        The  Higher  Education  Act gives the  Secretary  of  Education  various
oversight powers over Guarantee  Agencies.  These include  requiring a Guarantee
Agency to  maintain  its  Reserve  Fund at a certain  required  level and taking
various  actions  relating  to a  Guarantee  Agency  if its  administrative  and
financial  condition  jeopardizes  its  ability to meet its  obligations.  These
actions  include,  among others,  providing  advances to the  Guarantee  Agency,
terminating the Guarantee  Agency's Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts,  assuming
responsibility  for all functions of the Guarantee Agency,  and transferring the
Guarantee  Agency's  guarantees  to another  Guarantee  Agency or assuming  such
guarantees.  The Higher Education Act provides that a Guarantee Agency's Reserve
Fund shall be  considered  to be the property of the United States to be used in
the  operation of the FFELP or the Federal  Direct  Student Loan  Program,  and,
under certain  circumstances,  the Secretary of Education may demand  payment of
amounts in the Reserve Fund. The 1998 Amendments mandate the recall of Guarantee
Agency  reserve funds by the Secretary of Education  amounting to $85 million in
fiscal year 2002, $82.5 million in fiscal year 2006, and $82.5 million in fiscal
year 2007. However, certain minimum reserve levels are protected from recall and
under the 1998 Amendments,  Guarantee Agency reserve funds were  restructured to
provide Guarantee Agencies with additional  flexibility in choosing how to spend
certain  funds they  receive.  The new recall of reserves for Federal  Guarantee
Agencies  increases the risk that resources  available to Guarantee  Agencies to
meet their guarantee obligation will be significantly reduced.  Relevant federal
laws,  including the Higher  Education Act, be further  changed in a manner that
may  adversely  affect the ability of a Guarantee  Agency to meet its  guarantee
obligations.  See  "Description  of the Federal  Family  Education Loan Program"
herein.

 

                                       53
<PAGE>

        Under the Higher  Education  Act, if the  Department  of  Education  has
determined that a Guarantee Agency is unable to meet its insurance  obligations,
the holders of loans  guaranteed  by such  Guarantee  Agency must submit  claims
directly to the  Department  of  Education,  and the  Department of Education is
required  to pay  the  full  Guarantee  Payment  due  with  respect  thereto  in
accordance  with guarantee  claims  processing  standards no more stringent than
those applied by the Guarantee Agency.

        There are no assurances as to the Secretary of Education's  actions if a
Guarantee Agency encounters administrative or financial difficulties or that the
Secretary  of  Education  will  not  demand  that a  Guarantee  Agency  transfer
additional portions or all of its Reserve Fund to the Secretary of Education.

   
        Information relating to the particular  Guarantee Agencies  guaranteeing
the Financed Student Loans will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.  Such
information will be provided by the respective  Guarantee Agencies,  and neither
such information nor information included in the reports referred to therein has
been verified by, or is guaranteed as to accuracy or completeness by, the Issuer
or the  underwriters.  No representation is made by UFS-1 or the underwriters as
to the  accuracy  or  adequacy  of such  information  or the absence of material
adverse changes in such information subsequent to the dates thereof.
    

Federal Agreements

        General. A Guaranty Agency's right to receive federal reimbursements for
various guarantee claims paid by such Guarantee Agency is governed by the Higher
Education Act and various contracts entered into between Guarantees Agencies and
the Secretary of Education. Each Guarantee Agency and the Secretary of Education
have  entered  into  Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts  pursuant  to the  Higher
Education Act, which provide for the Guarantee  Agency to receive  reimbursement
of a  percentage  of  insurance  payments  that the  Guarantee  Agency  makes to
eligible  lenders with respect to loans guaranteed by the Guarantee Agency prior
to the termination of the Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts or the expiration of
the authority of the Higher Education Act. The Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts
provide for termination under certain circumstances and also provide for certain
actions  short of  termination  by the  Secretary  of  Education  to protect the
federal interest.

        In addition to guarantee  benefits,  qualified  Student  Loans  acquired
under the FFELP benefit from certain federal  subsidies.  Each Guarantee  Agency
and the Secretary of Education have entered into an Interest  Subsidy  Agreement
under the Higher  Education  Act;  which  entitles the holders of eligible loans
guaranteed by the Guarantee Agency to receive Interest Subsidy Payments from the
Secretary  of Education  on behalf of certain  students  while the student is in
school,  during a six to twelve  month Grace  Period  after the  student  leaves
school, and during certain Deferment Periods, subject to the holders' compliance
with all requirements of the Higher Education Act. See "Description of the FFELP
- -- Federal  Interest  Subsidy  Payments" for a more detailed  description of the
Interest Subsidy Payments.

        United States  Courts of Appeals have held that the federal  government,
through  subsequent  legislation,  has  the  right  unilaterally  to  amend  the
contracts  between  the  Secretary  of  Education  and  the  Guarantee  Agencies
described  herein.  Amendments to the Higher  Education Act in 1986, 1987, 1992,
1993, and 1998,  respectively (i) abrogated certain rights of guarantee agencies
under  contracts  with the  Secretary of Education  relating to the repayment of
certain advances from the Secretary of Education,  (ii) authorized the Secretary
of  Education  to  withhold  reimbursement  payments  otherwise  due to  certain
guarantee agencies until specified amounts of such guarantee  agencies' reserves
had been  eliminated,  (iii) added new reserve level  requirements for guarantee
agencies and  authorized  the  Secretary  of Education to terminate  the Federal
Reimbursement Contracts under circumstances that did not previously warrant such
termination,  (iv) expanded the Secretary of Education's  authority to terminate
such contracts and to seize guarantee agencies'  reserves,  and (v) mandated the
additional recall of Guarantee Agency reserve funds.

Federal Insurance and Reimbursement of Guarantee Agencies

        Effect of Annual  Claims  Rate.  With  respect  to loans  made  prior to
October 1, 1993,  the Secretary of Education  currently  agrees to reimburse the
Guarantee Agency for up to 100% of the amounts so expended,  as discussed in the
formula  described  below, so long as the eligible lender has properly  serviced
such  loan.  The amount of  reimbursement  is lower for loans  originated  after
October 1, 1993, as described below.  Depending on the claims rate experience of
a  Guarantee  Agency,  such  reimbursement  may be reduced as  discussed  in the
formula described below. The Secretary of Education also agrees to repay 100% of
the unpaid principal plus applicable  accrued  interest  expended by a Guarantee
Agency in discharging  its guarantee  obligation as a result of the  bankruptcy,
death, or total and permanent disability of a borrower, or in the case of a PLUS
Loan,  the death of the student on behalf of whom the loan was  borrowed,  or in
certain circumstances,  as a result of school closures, which reimbursements are
not to be included in the  calculations  of the Guarantee  Agency's  Claims Rate
experience  for  the  purpose  of  federal   reimbursement   under  the  Federal
Reimbursement Contracts.

                                       54
<PAGE>

         The formula used for loans initially disbursed prior to October 1, 1993
is summarized below:

Claims Rate                                  Federal Payment
- ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------
0% up to 5%                        100%

5% up to 9%                        100% of claims up to 5%;
                                   90% of claims 5% and over

9% and over                        100% of claims up to 5%;
                                   90% of claims 5% and over, up to 9%;
                                   80% of claims 9% and over


        The  claims  experience  is not  accumulated  from year to year,  but is
determined solely on the basis of claims in any one federal fiscal year compared
with the original  principal  amount of loans in  repayment at the  beginning of
that year.

        The 1993 Amendments  reduce the  reimbursement  amounts described above,
effective for loans initially  disbursed on or after October 1, 1993 as follows:
100%  reimbursement is reduced to 98%, 90%  reimbursement is reduced to 88%, and
80% reimbursement is reduced to 78%, subject to certain limited exceptions.  The
1998 Amendments further reduce the federal reimbursement amounts from 98% to 95%
, 88% to 85%, and 78% to 75% respectively,  for student loans first disbursed on
or after October 1, 1998.

        The reduced reinsurance for federal guaranty agencies increases the risk
that  resources   available  to  Guarantee  Agencies  to  meet  their  guarantee
obligation will be significantly reduced.

        Reimbursement.  The original  principal  amount of loans guaranteed by a
Guarantee Agency which are in repayment for purposes of computing  reimbursement
payments to a Guarantee Agency means the original  principal amount of all loans
guaranteed by a Guarantee Agency less: (a) guarantee payments on such loans, (b)
the original principal amount of such loans that have been fully repaid, and (c)
the  original  amount of such  loans for which the first  principal  installment
payment has not become due.  Guarantee  Agencies with default rates below 5% are
required to pay the  Secretary of Education  annual fees  equivalent to 0.51% of
new loans  guaranteed,  while all other such  agencies  must pay a 0.5% fee. The
Secretary of Education may withhold reimbursement payments if a Guarantee Agency
makes a  material  misrepresentation  or fails to  comply  with the terms of its
agreements with the Secretary of Education or applicable federal law.

        Under  the  guarantee  agreements,  if a  payment  on a  Federal  Family
Education Loan guaranteed by a Guarantee Agency is received after  reimbursement
by the  Secretary of Education,  the Guarantee  Agency is entitled to receive an
equitable share of the payment.

        Any originator of any student loan  guaranteed by a Guarantee  Agency is
required to discount from the proceeds of the loan at the time of  disbursement,
and pay to the guarantee  agency, an insurance premium which may not exceed that
permitted under the Higher Education Act.

        Under present  practice,  after the Secretary of Education  reimburses a
Guarantee  Agency for a default claim paid on a guaranteed  loan,  the Guarantee
Agency  continues to seek  repayment  from the borrower.  The  Guarantee  Agency
returns to the Secretary of Education  payments that it receives from a borrower
after  deducting and retaining:  a percentage  amount equal to the complement of
the reimbursement percentage in effect at the time the loan was reimbursed,  and
an amount equal to 27% (or 18-1/2% in the case of a payment from the proceeds of
a Consolidation  Loan) of such payments for certain  administrative  costs.  The
Secretary of Education may, however,  require the assignment to the Secretary of
defaulted  guaranteed loans, in which event no further collections activity need
be undertaken by the Guarantee Agency,  and no amount of any recoveries shall be
paid to the  Guarantee  Agency.  Prior to the 1993  changes,  the  percentage of
collections which Guarantee Agencies could retain was 30%.


                                       55
<PAGE>

        A Guarantee  Agency may enter into an addendum to its  Interest  Subsidy
Agreement  that  allows  the  Guarantee  Agency  to  refer to the  Secretary  of
Education  certain  defaulted  guaranteed loans. Such loans are then reported to
the IRS to "offset" any tax refunds which may be due any defaulted borrower.  To
the extent that the  Guarantee  Agency has  originally  received  less than 100%
reimbursement  from the  Secretary of Education  with respect to such a referred
loan, the Guarantee Agency will not recover any amounts  subsequently  collected
by the  federal  government  which  are  attributable  to  that  portion  of the
defaulted loan for which the Guarantee Agency has not been reimbursed.

        Rehabilitation  of Defaulted  Loans.  Under of the Higher Education Act,
the  Secretary  of  Education is  authorized  to enter into an agreement  with a
Guarantee  Agency  pursuant to which the Guarantee  Agency shall sell  defaulted
loans that are eligible for  rehabilitation to an eligible lender. The Guarantee
Agency  shall repay the  Secretary  of Education an amount equal to 81.5% of the
then current  principal  balance of such loan,  multiplied by the  reimbursement
percentage  in effect at the time the loan was  reimbursed.  The  amount of such
repayment  shall be deducted from the amount of federal  reimbursement  payments
for the fiscal year in which such repayment occurs,  for purposes of determining
the reimbursement rate for that fiscal year.

        For a loan to be eligible for rehabilitation,  the Guarantee Agency must
have received  consecutive  payments for 12 months of amounts owed on such loan.
Upon  rehabilitation,  a loan is eligible for all the benefits  under the Higher
Education  Act for which it would have been  eligible  had no  default  occurred
(except that a borrower's loan may only be rehabilitated once).

        Eligibility  for  Federal  Reimbursement.  To be  eligible  for  federal
reimbursement  payments,  guaranteed  loans must be made by an  eligible  lender
under the  applicable  Guarantee  Agency's  Guarantee  Program,  which must meet
requirements  prescribed  by the rules  and  regulations  promulgated  under the
Higher  Education  Act,  including  the  borrower   eligibility,   loan  amount,
disbursement,  interest  rate,  repayment  period and guarantee  fee  provisions
described  herein and the other  requirements  set forth in the Higher Education
Act.

        Prior to the 1998 Amendments, a Federal Family Loan was considered in to
be in default for purposes of the Higher  Education Act when the borrower failed
to make an  installment  payment  when due, or to comply with the other terms of
the  loan,  and if the  failure  persists  for 180  days  in the  case of a loan
repayable  in  monthly  installments  or for  240  days  in the  case  of a loan
repayable  in  less  frequent  installments.  Under  the  1998  Amendments,  the
delinquency  period  required  for a student  loan to be  declared in default is
increased  from  180  days to 240 days for  loans  on  which  the  first  day of
delinquency occurs on or after the date of enactment of the 1998 Amendments.

        The Guarantee Agency must pay the lender for the defaulted loan prior to
submitting  a  claim  to the  Secretary  of  Education  for  reimbursement.  The
Guarantee Agency must submit a reimbursement claim to the Secretary of Education
within 45 days after it has paid the lender's  default claim.  As a prerequisite
to entitlement to payment on the guarantee by the Guarantee Agency,  and in turn
payment of  reimbursement  by the Secretary of  Education,  the lender must have
exercised reasonable care and diligence in making,  servicing and collecting the
guaranteed  loan.  Generally,  these  procedures  require  that  completed  loan
applications  be  processed,  a  determination  of  whether an  applicant  is an
eligible borrower  attending an eligible  institution under the Higher Education
Act be made, the borrower's  responsibilities under the loan be explained to him
or her, the promissory  note evidencing the loan be executed by the borrower and
that the loan proceeds be disbursed by the lender in a specified  manner.  After
the loan is made, the lender must establish  repayment  terms with the borrower,
properly  administer  deferments  and  forbearances  and credit the borrower for
payments  made.  If a borrower  becomes  delinquent in repaying a loan, a lender
must perform certain collection  procedures,  primarily  telephone calls, demand
letters,  skiptracing  procedures and requesting  assistance from the applicable
Guarantee  Agency,  that  vary  depending  upon  the  length  of  time a loan is
delinquent.

                                       56
<PAGE>

Direct Loans

        The 1993  Amendments  authorized  a program  of  "direct  loans,"  to be
originated by schools with funds  provided by the Secretary of Education.  Under
the direct loan  program,  the  Secretary of Education is directed to enter into
agreements with schools,  or origination agents in lieu of schools,  to disburse
loans with funds  provided  by the  Secretary.  Participation  in the program by
schools is voluntary.  The goals set forth in the 1993  Amendments  call for the
direct loan program to constitute 5% of the total volume of loans made under the
FFELP and the direct loan program for academic year 1994-1995,  40% for academic
year  1995-1996,  50% for academic  years  1996-1997  and  1997-1998 and 60% for
academic  year  1998-1999.  No provision is made for the size of the direct loan
program  thereafter.  Based upon information  released by the General Accounting
Office,  participation  by  schools  in the  direct  loan  program  has not been
sufficient to meet the goals for the 1995-1996 or 1996-1997  academic years. The
1998 Amendments removed references to the "phase-in" of the Direct Loan Program,
including  restrictions  on annual limits for Direct Loan Program volume and the
Secretary's  authority to select  additional  institutions  to achieve  balanced
school representation.

        The loan terms are  generally  the same under the direct loan program as
under the FFELP,  though more flexible repayment  provisions are available under
the direct loan  program.  At the  discretion  of the  Secretary  of  Education,
students  attending  schools  that  participate  in the direct loan program (and
their parents) may still be eligible for  participation in the FFELP,  though no
borrower  could  obtain  loans  under  both  programs  for the  same  period  of
enrollment.

        It is  difficult  to predict the impact of the direct  lending  program.
There  is no  way  to  accurately  predict  the  number  of  schools  that  will
participate in future years, or, if the Secretary  authorizes students attending
participating  schools to  continue  to be eligible  for FFELP  loans,  how many
students will seek loans under the direct loan program  instead of the FFELP. In
addition, it is impossible to predict whether future legislation will eliminate,
limit or expand the direct loan program or the FFELP.

Other Guarantee Agencies

        Although  UFS-1 expects that most of the student loans it acquires under
the Indenture  will be guaranteed  by the  Guarantee  Agencies  described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  UFS-1  may  acquire  student  loans  under the
Indenture which are guaranteed by other Guarantee  Agencies with the approval of
the Rating Agencies.

                         FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

   
        The  following  is  a  summary  of  all  material   federal  income  tax
consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership  and  disposition  of  Notes  for the
investors  described  below  and is based on the  advice of Kutak  Rock,  as tax
counsel to UFS-1.  This  summary is based upon laws,  regulations,  rulings  and
decisions  currently  in  effect,  all of  which  are  subject  to  change.  The
discussion  does not deal with all federal tax  consequences  applicable  to all
categories  of  investors,  some of  which  may be  subject  to  special  rules,
including but not limited to, foreign  investors.  In addition,  this summary is
generally  limited  to  investors  who will hold the Notes as  "capital  assets"
(generally,  property held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of
the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended (the "Code").  Investors  should
consult their own tax advisors to determine the federal,  state, local and other
tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Notes of any
Series.  Prospective  investors should note that no rulings have been or will be
sought from the Internal  Revenue Service (the "Service") with respect to any of
the federal income tax  consequences  discussed  below,  and no assurance can be
given that the Service will not take contrary positions.
    


                                       57
<PAGE>

Characterization of the Trust Estate

   
        Based upon certain  assumptions  and certain  representations  of UFS-1,
Kutak Rock has rendered,  with respect to the Prior Notes, and will render, with
respect to the  Additional  Notes,  its  opinion to UFS-1 to the effect that the
Notes,  issued or to be issued, as the case may be, should be treated as debt of
UFS-1,  rather  than as an interest in the  financed  student  loans for federal
income tax  purposes.  In  addition,  Kutak Rock has rendered its opinion to the
effect that this  discussion  is a summary of all  material  federal  income tax
consequences  as to the purchase,  ownership and  disposition  of the Notes with
respect to the investors  described  herein.  Such opinion is not binding on the
courts or the Service.  It is possible that the Service  could assert that,  for
purposes  of  the  Code,  the   transaction   contemplated  by  this  Memorandum
constitutes a sale of the financed student loans (or an interest therein) to the
Registered  Owners  or  that  the  relationship  which  will  result  from  this
transaction  is  that  of  a  partnership,   or  an  association  taxable  as  a
corporation.

        If, instead of treating the transaction as creating  secured debt in the
form of the Series issued by UFS-1 as a corporate  entity,  the transaction were
treated as creating a partnership among the Registered  Owners, the servicer and
UFS-1 which has purchased the underlying  financed  student loans, the resulting
partnership  would not be subject to federal income tax.  Rather,  the servicer,
UFS-1 and each Registered Owner would be taxed  individually on their respective
distributive  shares of the  partnership's  income,  gain, loss,  deductions and
credits.  The  amount  and  timing  of  items of  income  and  deduction  of the
Registered  Owner could differ if the Notes were held to constitute  partnership
interests, rather than indebtedness.

        If,  alternatively,  it were determined that this transaction created an
entity  other than UFS-1 which was  classified  as a  corporation  or a publicly
traded partnership  taxable as a corporation and treated as having purchased the
financed  student  loans,  the Trust  would be subject to federal  income tax at
corporate  income tax rates on the income it derives from the  financed  student
loans,  which would reduce the amounts  available for payment to the  Registered
Owners.  Cash payments to the Registered  Owners  generally  would be treated as
dividends for tax purposes to the extent of such  corporation's  accumulated and
current  earnings and profits.  A similar  result would apply if the  Registered
Owners were deemed to have  acquired  stock or other equity  interests in UFS-1.
However, as noted above, UFS-1 has been advised that the Notes should be treated
as debt of UFS-1 for federal income tax purposes.
    

Characterization of the Notes as Indebtedness

   
        UFS-1 and the Registered  Owners  express in the Indenture  their intent
that, for federal income tax purposes,  the Notes will be  indebtedness of UFS-1
secured by the financed  student  loans.  UFS-1 and the  Registered  Owners,  by
accepting the Notes, have agreed to treat the Notes as indebtedness of UFS-1 for
federal  income tax  purposes.  UFS-1  intends to treat  this  transaction  as a
financing  reflecting  the  Notes  as its  indebtedness  for tax  and  financial
accounting purposes.
    

        In general,  the characterization of a transaction as a sale of property
or a secured loan, for federal  income tax purposes,  is a question of fact, the
resolution  of which is based upon the economic  substance  of the  transaction,
rather  than its form or the  manner  in which it is  characterized.  While  the
Service and the courts have set forth  several  factors to be taken into account
in determining whether the substance of a transaction is a sale of property or a
secured indebtedness, the primary factor in making this determination is whether
the transferee has assumed the risk of loss or other economic  burdens  relating
to  the  property   and  has   obtained  the  benefits  of  ownership   thereof.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in some  instances,  courts  have  held that a
taxpayer is bound by the particular  form it has chosen for a transaction,  even
if the substance of the transaction does not accord with its form.

   
        UFS-1  believes  that it has retained the  preponderance  of the primary
benefits and burdens associated with ownership of the financed student loans and
should,  thus, be treated as the owner of the financed student loans for federal
income tax purposes.  If, however,  the Service were successfully to assert that
this transaction  should be treated as a sale of the financed student loans, the
Service could further assert that the entity created  pursuant to the Indenture,
as the owner of the  financed  student  loans for federal  income tax  purposes,
should be deemed  engaged  in a  business  and,  therefore,  characterized  as a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.
    


                                       58
<PAGE>

Taxation of Interest
Income of Registered Owners

   
        Payments of  interest  with  regard to the Notes will be  includible  as
ordinary income when received or accrued by the Registered  Owners in accordance
with their respective methods of tax accounting and applicable provisions of the
Code.  In  particular,  Section 1272 of the Code  requires  the current  ratable
inclusion in income of original  issue discount using a constant yield method of
accounting.  In general,  original issue discount is calculated,  with regard to
any accrual  period,  by applying the  instrument's  yield to its adjusted issue
price at the beginning of the accrual  period,  reduced by any qualified  stated
interest  allocable  to  the  period.  The  aggregate  original  issue  discount
allocable to an accrual period is allocated to each day included in such period.
The  holder of a debt  instrument  must  include  in income the sum of the daily
portions of original issue discount  attributable to the number of days he owned
the  instrument.   The  legislative  history  of  the  original  issue  discount
provisions indicates that the calculation and accrual of original issue discount
should be based on the prepayment assumptions used by the parties in pricing the
transaction.

        Original issue discount is the stated  redemption price at maturity of a
debt instrument over its issue price.  The stated  redemption  price at maturity
includes  all  payments  with  respect  to an  instrument  other  than  interest
unconditionally  payable at a fixed rate or a qualified  variable  rate at fixed
intervals of one year or less.  UFS-1 expects that interest payable with respect
to the Accrual Notes if any, will not be qualified stated interest and that such
Accrual  Notes will be issued with original  issue  discount as described in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Further,  there can be no  assurance  that the
Service  would not assert that the interest  payable with respect to the Class B
Notes  may not be  qualified  stated  interest  because  such  payments  are not
unconditional  and  that  the  Class B Notes  are  issued  with  original  issue
discount.
    

        Payments  of  interest  received  with  respect  to the  Notes  may also
constitute  "investment  income" for purposes of certain limitations of the Code
concerning  the  deductibility  of  investment   interest   expense.   Potential
Registered Owners or the Beneficial Owners should consult their own tax advisors
concerning the treatment of interest payments with regard to the Notes.

        A  purchaser  who  buys a Note of any  Series  at a  discount  from  its
principal  amount (or its  adjusted  issue price if issued with  original  issue
discount  greater  than a specified  de minimis  amount)  will be subject to the
market discount rules of the Code. In general,  the market discount rules of the
Code treat  principal  payments and gain on disposition of a debt  instrument as
ordinary income to the extent of accrued market  discount.  Although the accrued
market  discount  on debt  instruments  such as the Notes  which are  subject to
prepayment based on the prepayment of other debt instruments is to be determined
under regulations yet to be issued, the legislative  history of these provisions
of the Code  indicate  that the same  prepayment  assumption  used to  calculate
original  issue discount  should be utilized.  Each  potential  investor  should
consult his tax advisor  concerning the application of the market discount rules
to the Notes.

   
        The  annual  statement  regularly  furnished  to  Registered  Owners for
federal  income tax purposes will include  information  regarding the accrual of
payments of principal  and interest  with respect to the Notes.  As noted above,
UFS-1 believes, based on the advice of counsel, that it will retain ownership of
the financed  student loans for federal  income tax  purposes.  In the event the
Indenture is deemed to create a pass-through entity as the owner of the financed
student loans for federal  income tax purposes  instead of UFS-1  (assuming such
entity is not, as a result,  taxed as an  association),  the owners of the Notes
could be required to accrue  payments of interest  more rapidly  than  otherwise
would be required.
    

Backup Withholding

        Certain  purchasers may be subject to backup  withholding at the rate of
31% with respect to interest  paid with respect to the Notes if the  purchasers,
upon  issuance,  fail to supply the Trustee or their brokers with their taxpayer
identification numbers,  furnish incorrect taxpayer identification numbers, fail
to report interest,  dividends or other "reportable payments" (as defined in the
Code)  properly,  or, under certain  circumstances,  fail to provide the Trustee
with a certified statement,  under penalty of perjury, that they are not subject
to backup withholding.  Information returns will be sent annually to the Service
and to each purchaser  setting forth the amount of interest paid with respect to
the Notes and the amount of tax withheld thereon.


                                       59
<PAGE>

   
        UFS-1  makes  no  representations  regarding  the  tax  consequences  of
purchase, ownership or disposition of the Notes under the tax laws of any state,
locality or foreign  jurisdiction.  Investors  considering  an investment in the
Notes should consult their own tax advisors regarding such tax consequences.
    

Limitation on the Deductibility of Certain Expenses

        Under  Section  67  of  the  Code,  an  individual  may  deduct  certain
miscellaneous  itemized  deductions  only  to the  extent  that  the sum of such
deductions  for the taxable year exceed 2% of his or her adjusted  gross income.
If contrary to expectation,  the entity created under the Indenture were treated
as the owner of the financed student loans (and not as an association taxable as
a corporation),  then UFS-1 believes that a substantial  portion of the expenses
to be generated by the Trust could be subject to the foregoing limitations. As a
result,  each potential  Registered Owner should consult his or her personal tax
advisor  concerning the application of these limitations to an investment in the
Notes.

Tax-Exempt Investors

        In general,  an entity which is exempt from federal income tax under the
provisions  of  Section  501 of the  Code  is  subject  to tax on its  unrelated
business taxable income. An unrelated trade or business is any trade or business
which is not substantially related to the purpose which forms the basis for such
entity's  exemption.  However,  under the provisions of Section 512 of the Code,
interest may be excluded  from the  calculation  of unrelated  business  taxable
income  unless the  obligation  which gave rise to such  interest  is subject to
acquisition indebtedness. If, contrary to expectations, one or more of the Notes
of any Series were  considered  equity for tax purposes and if one or more other
Notes were  considered  debt for tax  purposes,  those  Notes  treated as equity
likely would be subject to  acquisition  indebtedness  and likely would generate
unrelated business taxable income.  However, as noted above, counsel has advised
UFS-1 that the Notes  should be  characterized  as debt for  federal  income tax
purposes.   Therefore,   except  to  the  extent  any  Registered  Owner  incurs
acquisition  indebtedness with respect to a Note,  interest paid or accrued with
respect to such Note may be excluded by each  tax-exempt  Registered  Owner from
the calculation of unrelated business taxable income. Each potential  tax-exempt
Registered  Owner  is  urged  to  consult  its own  tax  advisor  regarding  the
application of these provisions.

Sale or Exchange of Notes

        If a holder sells a Note,  such person will recognize gain or loss equal
to the  difference  between the amount  realized  on such sale and the  holder's
basis in such Note. If a Note was acquired subsequent to its initial issuance at
a  discount,  a portion of such gain will be  recharacterized  as  interest  and
therefore  ordinary  income.  In the  event any of the  Notes  are  issued  with
original issue discount, in certain circumstances,  a portion of the gain can be
recharacterized as ordinary income.

        If the term of a Note was materially modified, in certain circumstances,
a new debt  obligation  would be  deemed  created  and  exchanged  for the prior
obligation  in a  taxable  transaction.  Among  the  modifications  which may be
treated as material are those which relate to the redemption  provisions and, in
the case of a nonrecourse  obligation,  those which involve the  substitution of
collateral.  Each potential  holder of a Note should consult its own tax advisor
concerning the circumstances in which the Notes would be deemed reissued and the
likely effects, if any, of such reissuance.



                                       60
<PAGE>

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"),  imposes certain fiduciary and prohibited transaction restrictions on
employee  pension and welfare  benefit plans  subject to ERISA ("ERISA  Plans").
Section 4975 of the Code imposes  essentially  the same  prohibited  transaction
restrictions on  tax-qualified  retirement  plans described in Section 401(a) of
the Code ("Qualified  Retirement Plans") and on Individual  Retirement  Accounts
("IRAs")  described in Section  408(b) of the Code  (collectively,  "Tax-Favored
Plans").  Certain employee benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined
in Section  3(32) of ERISA),  and,  if no election  has been made under  Section
410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), are not
subject to Title I of ERISA.  Accordingly,  assets of such plans may be invested
in Notes without regard to the ERISA considerations  described below, subject to
the provisions of applicable  federal and state law. Any such  governmental plan
or church plan which is qualified  under Section 401(a) and exempt from taxation
under  Section  501(a)  of the  Code,  however,  is  subject  to the  prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.


                                       61
<PAGE>


        In  addition  to  the  imposition  of  general  fiduciary   requirements
including those of investment  prudence and  diversification and the requirement
that a Plan's investment be made in accordance with the documents  governing the
Plan,  Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code  prohibit a broad range
of  transactions  involving  assets  of ERISA  Plans and  Tax-Favored  Plans and
entities whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of ERISA Plans or
Tax-Favored Plans investing in such entities  (collectively  hereafter "Plan" or
"Plans") and persons ("Parties in Interest" or "Disqualified  Persons") who have
certain   specified   relationships   to  the  Plans,   unless  a  statutory  or
administrative   exemption  is  available.   Certain  Parties  in  Interest  (or
Disqualified  Persons)  that  participate  in a  prohibited  transaction  may be
subject to a penalty (or an excise tax)  imposed  pursuant to Section  502(i) of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code unless a statutory or administrative exemption
is  available.  Section  502(l)  of ERISA  requires  the  Secretary  of the U.S.
Department  of Labor (the "DOL") to assess a civil  penalty  against a fiduciary
who breaks any fiduciary  responsibility under or commits any other violation of
part 4 of Title I of ERISA or any other  person who  knowingly  participates  in
such breach or violation.

   
        The investment in a security by a Plan may, in certain circumstances, be
deemed to include an investment in the assets of UFS-1 of such security. The DOL
has  promulgated   regulations   set  forth  at  29  CFR  ss.   2510.3-101  (the
"Regulations")  concerning whether or not an ERISA Plan's assets would be deemed
to include an interest in the  underlying  assets of an entity  (such as a Trust
Fund) for purposes of the general fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of ERISA
and for the prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code, when a Plan
acquires an "equity interest" in such entity.
    

        Under such  Regulations  the assets of an ERISA Plan will not include an
interest in the assets of an entity,  the equity interests of which are acquired
by the ERISA Plan, if at no time do ERISA Plans in the aggregate own 25% or more
of the  value of any class of  equity  interests  in such  entity.  Because  the
availability  of this  exemption  depends  upon the  identity of the  Registered
Owners at any time,  there can be no  assurance  that the Notes will qualify for
this exemption.

   
        The  Regulations  also provide an exemption from "plan asset"  treatment
for securities  issued by an entity if such securities are debt securities under
applicable state law with no "substantial  equity features." Except as specified
with  respect to a Series in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Notes are
intended  to  represent  debt of UFS-1  for  state law and  federal  income  tax
purposes;  however,  there can be no assurance  that the DOL will not  challenge
such  position.  Assuming that a Class of Notes will be considered  debt with no
substantial  equity features for purposes of the Regulations,  the assets of the
Trust will not be  characterized  as "plan  assets" under the  Regulations.  The
related  Prospectus  Supplement will set forth whether any Class of Notes may be
purchased by Plans.

        Without regard to whether the Notes are treated as an "equity  interest"
for such purposes, the acquisition or holding of Notes by or on behalf of a Plan
could be considered to give rise to a prohibited  transaction if UFS-1 or any of
their  respective  affiliates is or becomes a Party in Interest or  Disqualified
Person with  respect to such Plan,  or in the event that a Note is  purchased in
the secondary  market by a Plan from a Party in Interest or Disqualified  Person
with respect to such Plan.  There can be no assurance that UFS-1 or any of their
respective  affiliates  will  not  be  or  become  a  party  in  interest  or  a
disqualified person with respect to a Plan that acquires Notes.  However, one or
more of the following  prohibited  transaction class exemptions may apply to the
acquisition,  holding and transfer of the Notes:  Prohibited  Transaction  Class
Exemption ("PTCE") 84-14 (regarding  investments by qualified professional asset
managers),  PTCE 90-1  (relating  to  investments  by insurance  company  pooled
separate  accounts),  PTCE  91-38  (regarding  investments  by  bank  collective
investment  funds),  PTCE 95-60  (regarding  investments  by  insurance  company
general  accounts)  and PTCE 96-23  (regarding  investments  by  in-house  asset
managers).
    

 
                                       62
<PAGE>

             Any ERISA Plan fiduciary  considering  whether to purchase Notes of
any Series on behalf of an ERISA Plan should consult with its counsel  regarding
the  applicability of the fiduciary  responsibility  and prohibited  transaction
provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment and the  availability of any
of the  exemptions  referred to above.  Persons  responsible  for  investing the
assets of Tax-Favored Plans that are not ERISA Plans should seek similar counsel
with respect to the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code.

               CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AMONG FINANCING PARTICIPANTS

   
        UFS-1 expects to acquire all of the financed student loans to be pledged
to the Trustee from Union Bank pursuant to student loan purchase agreements, and
UFS-1 may acquire additional student loans from Union Bank in the future.  Union
Bank will, unless specified with respect to a series of the Notes in the related
Prospectus Supplement, also act as servicer for all other financed student loans
pursuant to the Servicing  Agreement.  However,  UNIPAC,  as  subservicer,  will
discharge the servicer's  duties with respect to financed student loans pursuant
to a  Subservicing  Agreement  with  Union  Bank.  UNIPAC  is a  privately  held
corporation  which  is  80.5%  owned  by Union  Bank.  UNIPAC  will  also act as
custodian  for the  financed  student  loans.  See "Risk  Factors-Reliance  upon
Sellers,"  "-Certain  Legal Aspects" and  "-Perfection  of Security  Interest in
Student loans" herein.

        UFS-1 is a wholly owned  subsidiary of Union  Financial  Services,  Inc.
("UFS").  UFS is a privately held corporation  whose minority owners include the
parent of Union Bank,  certain  employees of Union Bank and certain relatives of
such employees.
    

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   
        UFS-1 may sell the Notes of each  series to or through  underwriters  by
"best efforts" underwriting or a negotiated firm commitment  underwriting by the
underwriters,  and also  may sell the  Notes  directly  to other  purchasers  or
through  agents.  If so indicated in the Prospectus  Supplement,  UFS-1 may sell
such Notes,  directly or through agents,  through a competitive  bidding process
described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. UFS-1 intends that Notes will
be offered through such various methods from time to time and that offerings may
be made concurrently  through more than one of these methods or that an offering
of a particular  series of the Notes may be made through a  combination  of such
methods.
    

        The  distribution  of the Notes may be effected from time to time in one
or more  transactions  at a fixed price or prices,  which may be changed,  or at
market  prices  prevailing  at the  time of  sale,  at  prices  related  to such
prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices based, among other things, upon
existing interest rates, general economic conditions and investors' judgments as
to the price of the Notes.

   
        In  connection  with the sale of the  Notes,  underwriters  may  receive
compensation  from UFS-1 or from the  purchasers of such Notes for whom they may
act as agents in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters
may sell the  Notes of a series  to or  through  dealers  and such  dealers  may
receive  compensation in the form of discounts,  concessions or commissions from
the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as
agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of
the Notes of a series  may be deemed to be  underwriters  and any  discounts  or
commissions  received  by them from  UFS-1 and any  profit on the  resale of the
Notes by them may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions,  under
the  Securities  Act. Any such  underwriters  will be  identified,  and any such
compensation received from UFS-1 will be described, in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement.

        Under  agreements  which may be entered into by UFS-1,  the underwriters
and agents who  participate in the  distribution of the Notes may be entitled to
indemnification  by UFS-1 against  certain  liabilities,  including  liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribution  with respect to payments which the
underwriters or agents may be required to make in respect thereto.
    


                                       63
<PAGE>


   
        If so  indicated  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  UFS-1 will  authorize
underwriters  or other  persons  acting as UFS-1's  agents to solicit  offers by
certain  institutions  to purchase  the Notes from UFS-1  pursuant to  contracts
providing  for payment and  delivery on a future date.  Institutions  with which
such  contracts  may be made include  commercial  and savings  banks,  insurance
companies,  pension  funds,  investment  companies,  educational  and charitable
institutions and others,  but in all cases such institutions must be approved by
UFS-1.  The obligation of any purchaser  under any such contract will be subject
to the  condition  that the  purchaser  of the  Notes  shall  not at the time of
delivery  be  prohibited  under  the  laws of the  jurisdiction  to  which  such
purchaser is subject from purchasing such Notes. The underwriters and such other
agents will not have responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of
such contracts.
    

        The  underwriters  may, from time to time, buy and sell Notes, but there
can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop and there is no
assurance that any market, if established, will continue.


                                  LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain  legal  matters will be passed upon by Ballard  Spahr  Andrews &
Ingersoll, LLP, Denver, Colorado as Company's Counsel and by Kutak Rock, Denver,
Colorado as Note  Counsel and as special tax  counsel.  Other  counsel,  if any,
passing upon legal matters for UFS-1 or any placement agent or underwriter  will
be identified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
        UFS-1 has determined  that its financial  statements are not material to
the  offering  made  hereby.  UFS-1 will engage in no  activities  other than as
described herein. Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to UFS-1 are
included in this Prospectus.
    

                                     RATINGS

        It is a  condition  to the  issuance of the Notes of any series that the
classes of Notes publicly offered be rated by at least one nationally recognized
statistical  rating  organization in one of its generic rating  categories which
signifies  investment  grade  (typically,  in  one of the  four  highest  rating
categories).   Such  ratings  will  be  described  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

        A securities rating addresses the likelihood of the receipt by owners of
the Notes of payments of principal and interest with respect to their Notes from
assets  in  the  trust  estate.   The  rating  takes  into   consideration   the
characteristics of the financed student loans, and the structural, legal and tax
aspects associated with the rated Notes.

        A  securities  rating  is not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or hold
securities  and may be  subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  rating  organization.  Each  securities  rating  should be  evaluated
independently of similar ratings on different securities.



                                       64
<PAGE>

<PAGE>

                     INDEX TO AND GLOSSARY OF CERTAIN TERMS

        There  is  provided  below  an  index  to  and  a  glossary  of  certain
definitions used in this Prospectus. To the extent not contained herein, certain
definitions  may be set forth in the  Indenture  included  as an exhibit to this
Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. In addition,  certain
definitions   related  to  Auction   procedures   are  set  forth  herein  under
"Definitions    and    Provisions    Related   to   ARC   Notes   and    Auction
Procedures-Auction-Related Definitions" and certain definitions related to LIBOR
Rate Notes are set forth herein under  "Definitions  and  Provisions  Related to
LIBOR Rate Notes-LIBOR-Related Definitions."

Index to Defined Terms

        There follows a reference to the  definitions of capitalized  terms used
in this Prospectus.
   

91-day Treasury Bills.......................................................11
Account.....................................................................66
Act.........................................................................66
All Hold Rate...............................................................66
Applicable LIBOR-Based Rate.................................................66
Applicable Number of Business Days..........................................66
Auction.....................................................................66
Auction Agent...............................................................66
Auction Date................................................................66
Auction Note Interest Rate..................................................66
Auction Period..............................................................66
Auction Period Adjustment...................................................67
Auction Procedures..........................................................67
Auction Rate................................................................67
Authorized Officer..........................................................67
Authorized Representative...................................................67
Beneficial Owner............................................................19
Bid/Hold Orders..............................................................7
Board or Board of Directors.................................................67
Bond-Equivalent Yield.......................................................67
Book-entry Form.............................................................67
Broker-Dealer Agreement.....................................................67
Business Day................................................................67
Carry-over Amount...........................................................67
Certificate of Insurance....................................................67
Class A Notes...............................................................68
Class B Notes...............................................................68
Class C Notes...............................................................68
Code ...................................................................56, 68
Commission .................................................................68
Company Derivative Payment..................................................68
Contract of Insurance.......................................................68
Custodian Agreement.........................................................68
Department................................................................. vi
Derivative Payment Date.....................................................68
Derivative Product..........................................................68
Disqualified Persons........................................................60
DOL.........................................................................60
Dutch Auction................................................................7
Eligible Carry-over Make-Up Amount..........................................68
Eligible Lender.............................................................69
Eligible Loan Acquisition Certificate.......................................69
ERISA ......................................................................59
ERISA Plans.................................................................59


                                       65
<PAGE>

Event of Bankruptcy.........................................................69
Federal Reimbursement Contracts.............................................69
Financed ...................................................................69
Fiscal Year................................................................ 69
Fitch ......................................................................69
Funds.......................................................................69
Guarantee Agencies...........................................................i
Guarantee Agreements........................................................69
Guarantee or Guaranteed.....................................................69
Guaranty Agency.............................................................69
Highest Priority Obligations................................................69
Hold Order..................................................................70
Indenture ..................................................................70
Index Rates..................................................................5
Indirect Participants.......................................................19
Initial Auction Agent.......................................................70
Initial Auction Agent Agreement.............................................70
Initial Interest Payment Date...............................................70
Initial Interest Period.....................................................70
Initial Period .............................................................70
Initial Rate ...............................................................70
Initial Rate Adjustment Date................................................70
Insurance" or "Insured" or "Insuring........................................70
Interest Benefit Payment....................................................70
Interest Payment Date............................................7, 10, 11, 70
Interest Period.....................................................10, 11, 70
Interest Rate Adjustment Date...............................................70
Interest Rate Determination Date............................................70
Investment Agreement........................................................70
IRAs........................................................................59
ISDA Master Agreement.......................................................70
Junior-Subordinate Notes....................................................71
Junior-Subordinate Obligations..............................................71
L/C Bank................................................................... 35
LIBOR Rate Notes............................................................iv
LIBOR-Based Rate............................................................71
Market Agent................................................................71
Maximum Auction Rate........................................................71
National Direct Student Loan................................................45
Ninety-One Day United States Treasury Bill Rate.............................71
Non-Payment Rate............................................................71
Note Counsel................................................................71
Note Payment Date...........................................................71
Notes.......................................................................71
Obligations ................................................................72
One-Month LIBOR.............................................................71
One-Year LIBOR .............................................................71
Participant.................................................................72
Participants................................................................19
Parties in Interest.........................................................60
Payment Default.............................................................72
Person  ....................................................................72
Plan  ..................................................................... 60
Plans ..................................................................... 60
Potential Bid Orders.........................................................8
Program ................................................................... 72


                                       66
<PAGE>

Program Expenses............................................................72
PTCE....................................................................... 60
Qualified Retirement Plans..................................................59
Rating......................................................................72
Rating Agency...............................................................73
Rating Confirmation.........................................................73
Reciprocal Payments.........................................................73
Reciprocal Payor............................................................73
Record Date .................................................................7
Recoveries of Principal.....................................................73
Registered Owner............................................................73
Registered Owners............................................................6
Regulations ................................................................60
Reserve Fund Requirement....................................................73
Reuters Screen LIBOR Page...................................................73
Revenue" or "Revenues.......................................................73
S&P ....................................................................... 73
Secretary ................................................................. 73
Securities Depository.......................................................73
Sell Order..................................................................74
Seller .....................................................................73
Senior Notes ...............................................................74
Senior Obligations..........................................................74
Service ....................................................................56
Servicer  ..................................................................74
Servicing Agreement.........................................................74
Six-Month LIBOR.............................................................71
Special Allowance Payments..................................................74
Subordinate Notes...........................................................74
Subordinate Obligations.....................................................74
Subservicing Agreement......................................................74
Substitute Auction Agent....................................................74
Substitute Auction Agent Agreement..........................................74
Supplemental Indenture......................................................74
Tax-Favored Plans...........................................................59
Three-Month LIBOR...........................................................71
Treasury Bill Rate..........................................................74
UFS ................................................................... 37, 61
UNIPAC..................................................................... 40
    


                                       67
<PAGE>


Glossary of Terms

 There follows definitions of certain capitalized terms used in this Prospectus.
The Indenture  contains the definition of certain terms not included  herein and
reference is made thereto for such definitions.  The following definitions shall
be  applicable  with respect to each Series  unless  otherwise  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

"Account" shall mean any account created and established  within any Fund by the
Indenture.

 "Act" shall mean the Higher  Education Act of 1965, as amended or  supplemented
from time to time, or any successor federal act and all regulations, directives,
bulletins, and guidelines promulgated from time to time thereunder.

   
 "All Hold Rate" means the Applicable LIBOR-Based Rate less 0.20%; provided that
in no event shall the  applicable  All Hold Rate be greater than the  applicable
Maximum Auction Rate.

 "Applicable  LIBOR-Based  Rate"  means,  (a) for Auction  Periods of 35 days or
less,  One-Month  LIBOR,  (b) for Auction  Periods of more than 35 days but less
than 91 days,  Three-Month  LIBOR,  (c) for Auction Periods of more than 90 days
but less than 181 days,  Six-Month  LIBOR,  and (d) for Auction  Periods of more
than 180 days, One-Year LIBOR.

 "Applicable  Number of Business Days" means the greater of two Business Days or
 one  Business  Day plus the number of Business  Days by which the Auction  Date
 precedes the first day of the next succeeding Interest Period.

 "ARC Note  Interest  Rate" means each variable rate of interest per annum borne
by an ARC Note for each Auction  Period and  determined in  accordance  with the
provisions of the Indenture. However, in the event of a Payment Default, the ARC
Note Interest Rate shall equal the applicable  Non-Payment  Rate,  provided that
such ARC Note  Interest  Rate shall in no event  exceed the  applicable  Maximum
Auction Rate.

"Auction" means the implementation of the Auction Procedures on an Auction Date.

 "Auction Agent" means the Initial Auction Agent under the Initial Auction Agent
Agreement  unless  and  until  a  Substitute  Auction  Agent  Agreement  becomes
effective, after which "Auction Agent" shall mean the Substitute Auction Agent.

 "Auction Agent  Agreement" means the Initial Auction Agent Agreement unless and
until a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement is entered into, after which "Auction
Agent Agreement" shall mean such Substitute Auction Agreement.

 "Auction  Date"  means,  with  respect  to any  class  of ARC  Notes,  the date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, and thereafter, the Business Day
immediately  preceding the first day of each Auction Period for each  respective
class, other than:

         (a)  each  Auction  Period   commencing  after  the  ownership  of  the
 applicable  ARC  Notes  is no  longer  maintained  in  Book-entry  Form  by the
 Securities Depository;

         (b) each Auction Period  commencing after and during the continuance of
a Payment Default; or

         (c) each Auction Period  commencing less than the Applicable  Number of
 Business Days after the cure or waiver of a Payment Default.

Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Auction Date for one or more Auction Periods
may be changed pursuant to the Indenture.
    


                                       68
<PAGE>


   
 "Auction  Period" means the Interest Period  applicable to the ARC Notes during
which time the Interest  Rate is  determined  pursuant to the  Indenture,  which
Auction Period (after the Initial Period for such class) initially shall consist
generally  of the  number of days  specified  with  respect to any series of the
Notes in the related Prospectus Supplement, as the same may be adjusted pursuant
to the Indenture.

"Auction  Period  Adjustment"  means an  adjustment  to the  Auction  Period  as
provided in the Indenture.

 "Auction  Procedures"  means the procedures set forth in the Indenture by which
the Auction Rate is determined.

 "Auction  Rate"  means  the  rate of  interest  per  annum  that  results  from
implementation  of the Auction  Procedures and is determined as described in the
Indenture.

 "Authorized  Officer"  shall  mean,  when used  with  reference  to UFS-1,  its
Chairman,  President, Vice President or Secretary, or any other officer or board
member authorized in writing by the Board to act on behalf of UFS-1.

 "Authorized  Representative" shall mean, when used with reference to UFS-1, (a)
an  Authorized  Officer  or (b)  any  affiliate  organization  or  other  entity
authorized by the Board to act on UFS-1's behalf.

 "Board" or "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of UFS-1.

 "Bond-Equivalent  Yield"  means,  in respect of any security with a maturity of
six months or less the rate for which is quoted in The Wall Street  Journal on a
bank  discount  basis,  a  yield  (expressed  as  a  percentage)  calculated  in
accordance   with  the   following   formula  and  rounded  up  to  the  nearest
one-hundredth of one percent:

     Bond Equivalent Yield =                   Q x N       x 100
                             -----------------------------------
                                         360 - (T x Q)

 where  "Q"  refers  to the per  annum  rate for the  security  quoted on a bank
discount basis and expressed as a decimal,  "N" refers to 365 or 366 (days),  as
the case may be, and "T" refers to the number of days to maturity.

 "Book-entry Form" or "Book-entry System" means a form or system under which (a)
the beneficial right to principal and interest may be transferred only through a
book entry,  (b) physical  securities  in  registered  form are issued only to a
Securities  Depository or its nominee as registered  owner,  with the securities
"immobilized"  to the  custody of the  Securities  Depository,  and (c) the book
entry is the record that  identifies the owners of beneficial  interests in that
principal and interest.

 "Broker-Dealer  Agreement" means each agreement between the Auction Agent and a
Broker-Dealer, and approved by UFS-1, pursuant to which the Broker-Dealer agrees
to participate in Auctions as set forth in the Auction Procedures,  as from time
to time  amended  or  supplemented.  Each  Broker-Dealer  Agreement  shall be in
substantially  the form of the  Broker-Dealer  Agreement dated as of________ __,
____ among UFS-1,  Bankers Trust  Company,  as Auction  Agent,  and  PaineWebber
Incorporated, as Broker-Dealer.
    

 "Business  Day"  shall  mean  the  definition  of  Business  Day  found  in the
Supplemental Indenture authorizing a series of Notes.

   
 "Carry-over  Amount" means,  with respect to the ARC Notes, the excess, if any,
of (a) the  amount of  interest  on an ARC Note that  would  have  accrued  with
respect to the related  Interest Period at the applicable  Auction Rate over (b)
the amount of interest on such ARC Note  actually  accrued  with respect to such
ARC Note with respect to such Interest  Period based on the  applicable  Maximum
Auction Rate without  regard to the last two clauses of the  definition  thereof
together  with the  unreduced  portion of any such  excess  from prior  Interest
Periods;  provided  that any  reference  to  "principal"  or  "interest"  in the
Indenture and the ARC Notes shall not include  within the meanings of such words
any Carry-over Amount or any interest accrued on any Carry-over Amount.
    


                                       69
<PAGE>

   
 "Certificate  of Insurance"  shall mean any  certificate  evidencing a financed
student loan is Insured pursuant to a Contract of Insurance.

 "Class A Notes"  shall mean  UFS-1's  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes issued
pursuant to the Indenture and designated as Class A.

 "Class B Notes"  shall mean  UFS-1's  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes issued
pursuant  to the  Indenture  and  designated  as Class B. Class B Notes shall be
subordinate to the Class A Notes.

 "Class C Notes"  shall mean  UFS-1's  Student  Loan  Asset-Backed  Notes issued
pursuant  to the  Indenture  and  designated  as Class C. Class C Notes shall be
subordinate to the Class A Notes and the Class B Notes.
    

 "Code"  shall mean the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended from time to
time.  Each reference to a section of the Code herein shall be deemed to include
the  United  States  Treasury  Regulations,  including  temporary  and  proposed
regulations,  relating to such section which are  applicable to the Notes of the
use of the proceeds  thereof.  A reference  to any specific  section of the Code
shall be deemed  also to be a  reference  to the  comparable  provisions  of any
enactment which supersedes or replaces the Code thereunder from time to time.

 "Commission" shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 "Company  Derivative Payment" shall mean a payment required to be made by or on
behalf of UFS-1 due to a Reciprocal Payor pursuant to a Derivative Product.

 "Contract  of  Insurance"  shall mean the  contract  of  insurance  between the
Eligible Lender and the Secretary.

   
 "Custodian Agreement" shall mean,  collectively,  the custodian agreements with
any Servicer or other custodian or bailee related to financed student loans.

 "Derivative Payment Date" shall mean, with respect to a Derivative Product, any
date  specified  in the  Derivative  Product  on which  both or  either of UFS-1
Derivative  Payment  and/or a  Reciprocal  Payment is due and payable  under the
Derivative Product.

 "Derivative  Product" shall mean a written contract or agreement  between UFS-1
and a Reciprocal Payor, which provides that UFS-1's obligations  thereunder will
be conditioned  on the absence of (i) a failure by the Reciprocal  Payor to make
any  payment  required  thereunder  when  due and  payable,  or  (ii) a  default
thereunder with respect to the financial status of the Reciprocal Payor, and:

         (a) under which  UFS-1 is  obligated  to pay  (whether on a net payment
 basis or otherwise) on one or more scheduled and specified  Derivative  Payment
 Dates,  UFS-1  Derivative  Payments in  exchange  for the  Reciprocal  Payor' s
 obligation to pay (whether on a net payment basis or otherwise), or to cause to
 be paid, to UFS-1,  Reciprocal  Payments on one or more scheduled and specified
 Derivative Payment Dates in the amounts set forth in the Derivative Product;

         (b) for which UFS-1's  obligation to make Company  Derivative  Payments
 may be  secured  by a pledge  of and lien on the  trust  estate on an equal and
 ratable  basis with any class of UFS-1's  Outstanding  Notes and which  Company
 Derivative  Payments may be equal in priority with any priority  classification
 of UFS-1's Outstanding Notes; and

         (c) under  which  Reciprocal  Payments  are to be made  directly to the
 Trustee for deposit into the Revenue Fund.
    


                                       70
<PAGE>

   
 "Eligible  Carry-over  Make-Up  Amount"  means,  with respect to each  Interest
Period  relating  to the ARC  Notes as to  which,  as of the  first  day of such
Interest Period,  there is any unpaid Carry-over  Amount, an amount equal to the
lesser of (a)  interest  computed on the  principal  balance of the ARC Notes in
respect to such Interest Period at a per annum rate equal to the excess, if any,
of applicable Maximum Auction Rate without regard to the last two clauses of the
definition thereof over the Auction Rate, together with the unreduced portion of
any such excess from prior  Interest  Periods and (b) the  aggregate  Carry-over
Amount  remaining  unpaid as of the first day of such Interest  Period  together
with  interest  accrued  and unpaid  thereon  through  the end of such  Interest
Period.

 "Eligible Lender" shall mean any "eligible  lender," as defined in the Act, and
which has  received an  eligible  lender  designation  from the  Secretary  with
respect to loans made under the Act.
    

 "Eligible Loan Acquisition  Certificate"  shall mean a certificate signed by an
Authorized Representative of UFS-1.

 "Event of  Bankruptcy"  shall mean (a) UFS-1  shall have  commenced a voluntary
case or other proceeding seeking  liquidation,  reorganization,  or other relief
with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or other
similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the  appointment of a trustee,
receiver,  liquidator,  custodian,  or  other  similar  official  of it  or  any
substantial  part of its property,  or shall have made a general  assignment for
the benefit of creditors,  or shall have  declared a moratorium  with respect to
its debts or shall have failed generally to pay its debts as they become due, or
shall  have  taken  any  action to  authorize  any of the  foregoing;  or (b) an
involuntary  case or other  proceeding  shall have been commenced  against UFS-1
seeking liquidation,  reorganization,  or other relief with respect to it or its
debts under any bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in
effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian,
or other similar official of it or any substantial part of its property provided
such action or proceeding is not dismissed within 60 days.

 "Federal  Reimbursement  Contracts"  shall  mean  the  agreements  between  the
Guarantee Agency and the Secretary providing for the payment by the Secretary of
amounts  authorized  to  be  paid  pursuant  to  the  Act,  including  (but  not
necessarily  limited to) reimbursement of amounts paid or payable upon defaulted
financed  student  loans and other  student  loans  Guaranteed or Insured by the
Guarantee Agency and Interest Benefit Payments and Special Allowance Payments to
holders of  qualifying  Student  Loans  Guaranteed  or Insured by the  Guarantee
Agency.

   
 "Financed"  when used with  respect  to student  loans,  shall mean or refer to
student  loans (a) acquired by UFS-1 with  balances in the  Acquisition  Fund or
otherwise  deposited in or accounted  for in the  Acquisition  Fund or otherwise
constituting  a part of the trust estate and (b) student  loans  substituted  or
exchanged  for  financed  student  loans,  but does not  include  student  loans
released from the lien of the Indenture and sold or  transferred,  to the extent
permitted by the Indenture.

 "Fiscal Year" shall mean the fiscal year of UFS-1 as  established  from time to
time.
    

 "Fitch" shall mean Fitch IBCA, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under
the laws of the-State of Delaware, its successors and assigns.

 "Funds"  shall mean the funds  created  under Section 5.01 of the Indenture and
held by the Trustee,  including the  Acquisition  Fund, the Revenue Fund and the
Reserve Fund.

   
 "Guarantee"  or  "Guaranteed"  shall mean,  with respect to student  loan,  the
insurance or guarantee by the Guaranty Agency pursuant to such Guaranty Agency's
Guarantee  Agreement of the maximum  percentage  of the principal of and accrued
interest on such  student  loan  allowed by the terms of the Act with respect to
such student loan at the time it was originated and the coverage of such student
loan by the federal reimbursement contracts,  providing, among other things, for
reimbursement  to the  Guaranty  Agency  for  payments  made by it on  defaulted
student  loans  insured or  guaranteed  by the  Guaranty  Agency of at least the
minimum  reimbursement  allowed by the Act with respect to a particular  student
loan.
    

 "Guarantee  Agreements"  shall mean a guaranty or lender agreement  between the
Trustee and any Guaranty Agency, and any amendments thereto.

 "Guaranty  Agency" shall mean any entity  authorized to guarantee student loans
under the Act and with which the Trustee maintains a Guarantee Agreement.

 
                                       71
<PAGE>

 "Highest  Priority  Obligations"  shall  mean,  (a) at  any  time  when  Senior
Obligations are  Outstanding,  the Senior  Obligations,  (b) at any time when no
Senior Obligations are Outstanding,  the Subordinate Obligations, and (c) at any
time when no Senior Obligations or Subordinate Obligations are Outstanding,  the
Junior-Subordinate Obligations (and any priorities as between Junior-Subordinate
Obligations as shall be established by Supplemental Indentures).

   
"Hold  Order" has the  meaning  set forth under  "Description  of the  Notes-ARC
Notes."
    

 "Indenture"  shall mean the  Indenture  of Trust  dated as of ________ _, ____,
including all supplements and amendments thereto.

   
 "Initial  Auction Agent" means Bankers Trust Company,  a New York  corporation,
its successors and assigns.

 "Initial Auction Agent Agreement" means the Auction Agent Agreement dated as of
__________, ____, by and among UFS-1, the Trustee and the Initial Auction Agent,
including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 "Initial  Interest  Payment Date" shall mean the date  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.

 "Initial  Interest  Period" means, as to the LIBOR Rate Notes,  the period from
and  including  the date of  delivery  of the LIBOR  Rate Notes of any class and
ending on the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

 "Initial  Period" means,  as to ARC Notes,  the period  commencing on the Issue
Date and  continuing  through the day  immediately  preceding  the Initial  Rate
Adjustment Date for such ARC Notes.

 "Initial Rate" means, with respect to a class of any series, the rate per annum
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

 "Initial Rate Adjustment Date" means,  with respect to the class of any series,
the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
    

 "Insurance" or "Insured" or "Insuring" means, with respect to student loan, the
insuring by the Secretary  (as evidenced by a Certificate  of Insurance or other
document or certification  issued under the provisions of the Act) under the Act
of 100% of the principal of and accrued interest on such student loan.

 "Interest  Benefit  Payment"  shall mean an interest  payment on Eligible Loans
received  pursuant to the Act and an agreement with the federal  government,  or
any similar payments.

 "Interest  Payment Date" shall mean the Interest  Payment  Dates  specified for
Notes in the Supplemental Indenture authorizing the issuance of such Notes.

   
 "Interest  Period" means, with respect to the ARC Notes, the Initial Period and
each period  commencing on an Interest Rate  Adjustment  Date for such class and
ending on the day before (a) the next  Interest  Rate  Adjustment  Date for such
class  or (b) the  Stated  Maturity  of such  class,  as  applicable.  The  term
"Interest  Period" with respect to the LIBOR Rate Notes and Treasury  Rate Notes
has the meaning  described  under the heading  "Description of the Notes - LIBOR
Rate Notes" and "-Treasury Rate Notes."
    

 
                                       72
<PAGE>

   
 "Interest  Rate  Adjustment  Date" means the date on which an ARC Note Interest
Rate is  effective,  and  means,  with  respect  to the ARC  Notes,  the date of
commencement of each Auction Period.

 "Interest Rate  Determination  Date" means,  with respect to the ARC Notes, the
Auction Date,  or if no Auction Date is  applicable to such class,  the Business
Day immediately preceding the date of commencement of an Auction Period.
    

"Investment  Agreement"  shall mean any  investment  agreement  approved  by the
Rating Agencies.

 "ISDA Master Agreement" shall mean the ISDA Interest Rate and Currency Exchange
Agreement,  copyright  1992, as amended from time to time, and as in effect with
respect to any Derivative Product.

 "Junior-Subordinate  Notes" shall mean Notes,  the principal of and interest on
which is payable on a subordinated  basis to the payment of the principal of and
interest on the Senior Notes and the Subordinate Notes; provided,  however, that
any series of the Junior-Subordinate  Notes need not necessarily be payable on a
parity with all other series of the Junior-Subordinate Notes.

   
 "Junior-Subordinate  Obligations"  shall mean Class C Notes and any  Derivative
Product,  the  priority  of payment of which is equal with that of any series or
subseries of Class C Notes.

 "LIBOR-Based  Rate" shall mean One-Month  LIBOR , Three Month LIBOR,  Six Month
LIBOR or One Year  LIBOR  plus an amount  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.

 "Market Agent" means PaineWebber  Incorporated,  in such capacity hereunder, or
any successor to it in such capacity hereunder.

 "Maximum Auction Rate" means, for any Auction, a per annum interest rate on the
ARCs  which,  when taken  together  with the  interest  rate on the ARCs for the
one-year period ending on the final day of the proposed  Auction  Period,  would
result in the average  interest  rate on the ARCs for such period either (a) not
being in excess  (on a per annum  basis) of the  average of the  Ninety-One  Day
United States  Treasury Bill Rate plus 1.20% for such one-year period (if all of
the ratings  assigned  by the Rating  Agencies to the ARCs are "Aa3" or "AA-" or
better),  (b) not being in excess (on a per annum  basis) of the  average of the
Ninety-One  Day United  States  Treasury  Bill Rate plus 1.50% for such one-year
period (if any one of the ratings assigned by the Rating Agencies to the ARCs is
less than "Aa3" or "AA-" but both are at least any  category  of "A", or (c) not
being in excess  (on a per annum  basis) of the  average of the  Ninety-One  Day
United States Treasury Bill Rate plus 1.75% for such one-year period (if any one
of the  ratings  assigned  by the Rating  Agencies  to the ARCs is less than the
lowest  category  of "A");  provided,  however,  that if the ARCs  have not been
outstanding  for at least  such  one-year  period  then for any  portion of such
period during which such ARCs were not  outstanding,  the interest  rates on the
ARCs for purposes of this definition,  shall be deemed to be equal to such rates
as the Market Agent shall  determine were the rates of interest on  equivalently
rated auction  securities with comparable lengths of auction periods during such
period.  For  purposes of the  Auction  Agent and the  Auction  Procedures,  the
ratings  referred to in this  definition  shall be the last ratings of which the
Auction Agent has been given notice pursuant to the Auction Agent Agreement. The
percentage  amount to be added to the Ninety-One Day United States Treasury Bill
Rate in any one or more of (a), (b) and (c) above may be increased with a Rating
Confirmation.
    

                                       73
<PAGE>

   
 "Ninety-One  Day  United  States  Treasury  Bill  Rate"  shall  mean  the  Bond
Equivalent  Yield on the 91-day  United States  Treasury  Bills sold at the last
auction thereof that immediately precedes the Auction Date, as determined by the
Market Agent on the Auction Date.
    

 "Non-Payment Rate" means One-Month LIBOR plus 1.50%.

 "Note  Counsel"  shall  mean Kutak  Rock,  or any other  counsel of  nationally
recognized standing in the field of law relating to notes, selected by UFS-1 and
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

   
 "Note Payment Date" shall mean,  for any Note,  any Interest  Payment Date, its
Stated maturity or the date of any other regularly  scheduled  principal payment
with respect thereto.
    

   
 "Notes"  shall  mean  UFS-1's  Notes  or other  obligations  issued  under  the
Indenture.
    

   
"One-Month LIBOR,"  "Three-Month  LIBOR," "Six-Month LIBOR" or "One-Year LIBOR,"
means the rate of interest per annum equal to the rate per annum at which United
States dollar deposits having a maturity of one month,  three months, six months
or one year,  respectively,  are offered to prime banks in the London  interbank
market which appear on the Telerate  Page 3750 as of  approximately  11:00 a.m.,
London time,  on the Interest  Rate  Determination  Date.  If such rate does not
appear on Telerate Page 3750,  One-Month  LIBOR,  Three-Month  LIBOR,  Six-Month
LIBOR or One-Year LIBOR, respectively, with respect to such Interest Period will
be determined at  approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London time, on such Interest Rate
Determination  Date on the basis of the rate at which  deposits in United States
dollars  having a maturity of one month,  three months,  six months or one year,
respectively,  are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four
major banks in the London  interbank  market selected by the calculation  agent,
and in a  principal  amount  of not  less  than  U.S.  $1,000,000  and  that  is
representative  for a  single  transaction  in such  market  at such  time.  The
calculation agent will request the principal London office of each of such banks
to provide a quotation of its rate.  If at least two  quotations  are  provided,
One-Month  LIBOR,   Three-Month  LIBOR,   Six-Month  LIBOR  or  One-Year  LIBOR,
respectively, will be the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the
nearest  one-hundredth  of one percent) of such offered rates. If fewer than two
quotations are provided,  One-Month LIBOR, Three-Month LIBOR, Six-Month LIBOR or
One-Year LIBOR,  respectively,  with respect to such Interest Period will be the
arithmetic mean (rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent) of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time
on such Interest Rate  Determination  Date by major banks in New York,  New York
selected by the calculation  agent for loans in United States dollars to leading
European banks having a maturity of one month,  three months,  six months or one
year,  respectively,  and in a principal  amount  equal to an amount of not less
than U.S. $1,000,000 and that is representative for a single transaction in such
market at such time; provided,  however, that if the banks selected as aforesaid
are not quoting as  mentioned in this  sentence,  One-Month  LIBOR,  Three-Month
LIBOR,  Six-Month  LIBOR or  One-Year  LIBOR,  respectively,  in effect  for the
applicable Interest Period will be One-Month LIBOR, Three-Month LIBOR, Six-Month
LIBOR or One-Year LIBOR,  respectively,  in effect for the immediately preceding
Interest Period.
    

"Obligations"  shall  mean  Senior  Obligations,   Subordinate  Obligations  and
Junior-Subordinate Obligations.

 "Participant" means a member of, or participant in, the Depository.

   
 "Payment  Default"  means,  with  respect  to a class of the ARC  Notes,  (a) a
default in the due and punctual  payment of any  installment of interest on such
class,  or (b) a default in the due and punctual  payment of any interest on and
principal of such class at their maturity.
    

 "Person" shall mean an  individual,  corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,
association,   joint  stock  company,  trust,  unincorporated  organization,  or
government or agency or political subdivision thereof.


                                       74
<PAGE>

   
 "Program"  shall mean  UFS-1's  program for the  financing  and the purchase of
student loans, as the same may be modified from time to time.

 "Program Expenses" shall mean (a) the fees and expenses of the Trustee; (b) the
fees and expenses of any auction agent, any market agent, any calculation  agent
and any broker-dealer then acting under a Supplemental Indenture with respect to
auction  rate Notes;  (c) the fees and  expenses of any  remarketing  agent then
acting under a Supplemental  Indenture with respect to variable rate Notes;  (d)
the fees and expenses due to any credit provider of any Notes for which a credit
facility or liquidity  facility is in place; (e) the fees of any servicer and/or
custodian under any servicing agreement or custodian agreement; (f) the fees and
expenses of UFS-1 incurred in connection  with the preparation of legal opinions
and other  authorized  reports or statements  attributable  to the Notes and the
student loans; (g) transfer fees, purchase premiums and loan origination fees on
financed student loans; (h) fees and expenses  associated with the delivery of a
substitute credit facility or liquidity facility under a Supplemental Indenture;
(i) fees and  expenses  associated  with  (but not  payments  under)  Derivative
Products;  (j) the costs of remarketing any variable rate Notes and (k) expenses
incurred  for  UFS-1's  maintenance  and  operation  of its  Program as a direct
consequence  of  the  Indenture,  the  Notes  or  the  financed  student  loans;
including,  but not limited  to,  taxes,  the  reasonable  fees and  expenses of
attorneys,  agents,  financial  advisors,  consultants,  accountants  and  other
professionals,   attributable  to  such  maintenance  and  operation,  marketing
expenses  for  the  Program  and a  prorated  portion  of  the  rent,  personnel
compensation,  office  supplies and equipment,  travel expenses and other lawful
payments made to members of the Board.
    

 "Rating" shall mean one of the rating  categories of S&P and Fitch or any other
Rating Agency,  provided S&P and Fitch or any other Rating  Agency,  as the case
may be, is currently rating the Notes.

   
 "Rating Agency" shall mean,  collectively,  S&P and Fitch and their  successors
and assigns or any other Rating  Agency  requested by UFS-1 to maintain a Rating
on any of the Notes.

 "Rating  Confirmation"  means a letter form each Rating Agency then providing a
Rating for any of the Notes,  confirming that the action proposed to be taken by
UFS-1 will not, in and of itself,  result in a  downgrade  of any of the Ratings
then  applicable to the Notes, or cause any Rating Agency to suspend or withdraw
the Ratings then applicable to the Note.

 "Reciprocal  Payments" shall mean any payment to be made to, or for the benefit
of, UFS-1 under a Derivative Product.
    

 "Reciprocal Payor" shall mean a third party which, at the time of entering into
a Derivative Product, has at least an "AA/A-1" rating, or its equivalent, from a
Rating  Agency,  and which is  obligated  to make  Reciprocal  Payments  under a
Derivative Product.

   
 "Recoveries of Principal"  shall mean all amounts  received by the Trustee from
or on account of any financed student loan as a recovery of the principal amount
thereof,  including  scheduled,  delinquent  and  advance  payments,  payouts or
prepayments,  proceeds from  insurance or from the sale,  assignment,  transfer,
reallocation  or other  disposition of a financed  student loan and any payments
representing  such  principal  from the  guarantee  or insurance of any financed
student loan.
    

 "Registered  Owner" shall mean the Person in whose name a Note is registered on
the Note registration books maintained by the Trustee,  and shall also mean with
respect to a  Derivative  Product,  any  Reciprocal  Payor,  unless the  context
otherwise requires.

 "Reserve  Fund  Requirement"  shall mean an amount,  if any,  required to be on
deposit in the Reserve  Fund with  respect to any Notes  issued  pursuant to the
Supplemental Indenture authorizing the issuance of such Notes.

                                       75
<PAGE>

   

 "Revenue" or  "Revenues"  shall mean all  Recoveries  of  Principal,  payments,
proceeds,  charges and other income  received by the Trustee or UFS-1 from or on
account of any  financed  student  loan  (including  scheduled,  delinquent  and
advance  payments of and any  insurance  proceeds  with  respect  to,  interest,
including  Interest  Benefit  Payments,  on any  financed  student  loan and any
Special Allowance Payment received by UFS-1 with respect to any financed student
loan) and all interest earned or gain realized from the investment of amounts in
any Fund or Account and all payments  received by UFS-1 pursuant to a Derivative
Product.
    

 "S&P" shall mean Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., its successors and assigns.

 "Secretary"  shall  mean the  Secretary  of the  United  States  Department  of
Education or any successor to the pertinent functions thereof,  under the Higher
Education  Act or when the  context  so  requires,  the former  Commissioner  of
Education of the United States Department of Health, Education and Welfare.

   
 "Securities Depository" or "Depository" shall mean The Depository Trust Company
and its successors and assigns or if, (i) the then Securities Depository resigns
from its functions as depository of the Notes or (ii) UFS-1  discontinues use of
the Securities  Depository  pursuant to Section  2.01(d) of the  Indenture,  any
other securities depository which agrees to follow the procedures required to be
followed by a securities  depository in  connection  with the Notes and which is
selected by the Issuer with the consent of the Trustee.

 "Seller"  shall mean an Student  Lender from which the Issuer is  purchasing or
has  purchased or agreed to purchase  student  loans  pursuant to a student loan
purchase agreement between the Issuer and such Student Lender.

"Sell  Order" has the  meaning  set forth under  "Description  of the  Notes-ARC
Notes."
    

 "Senior  Notes"  shall  mean all  Notes  secured  on a senior  priority  to the
Subordinate Obligations and the Junior-Subordinate Obligations.

   
 "Senior  Obligations" shall mean Class A Notes and any Derivative Product,  the
priority of payment of which is equal with that of Senior Notes.

 "Servicer"  shall  mean,  collectively,  Union Bank and Trust  Company,  UNIPAC
Service  Corporation  and any other  additional  Servicer or successor  Servicer
selected by UFS-1.

 "Servicing  Agreement"  shall mean the servicing  agreements  with any Servicer
relating to Financed student loans, as amended from time to time.
    

 "Special  Allowance   Payments"  shall  mean  the  special  allowance  payments
authorized  to be made by the  Secretary  by Section  438 of the Act, or similar
allowances, if any, authorized from time to time by federal law or regulation.

 "State" shall mean the State of Nevada.

 "Subordinate  Notes" shall mean any Notes secured on a priority  subordinate to
the  Senior  Obligations  and on a  priority  senior  to the  Junior-Subordinate
Obligations.

                                       76
<PAGE>

   
 "Subordinate  Obligations" shall mean Class B Notes and any Derivative Product,
the priority of payment of which is equal with that of Class B Notes.

 "Subservicing  Agreement"  shall  mean  the  Servicing  Agreement,  dated as of
__________,  1999,  between  the  servicer  and the  subservicer  and any  other
subservicing  agreement with any other subservicer  relating to financed student
loans.

 "Substitute  Auction  Agent"  means the Person  with whom the  Company  and the
Trustee enter into a Substitute Auction Agent Agreement.

 "Substitute   Auction  Agent   Agreement"  means  an  auction  agent  agreement
containing terms substantially similar to the terms of the Initial Auction Agent
Agreement,  whereby a Person having the qualifications required by the Indenture
agrees  with the  Trustee  and the  Company to perform the duties of the Auction
Agent under the Indenture.
    

 "Supplemental  Indenture" shall mean an agreement supplemental to the Indenture
executed pursuant to the Indenture.

   
"Telerate  Page 3750"  means the  display  page so  designated  on the Dow Jones
Telerate  Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that  service)
for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices.
    

"Treasury Bill Rate" shall mean the Bond Equivalent Yield for auctions of 91-day
United States Treasury Bills on the first day of each calendar week on which the
United States Treasury  auctions  91-day Treasury Bills,  which currently is the
United States Treasury's first business day of each week.



                                       77
<PAGE>


   


                                   APPENDIX I
                        GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND
                          TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

        Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Notes (the
"Global Securities") will be available only in book-entry form. Investors in the
Global Securities may hold such Global Securities  through any of The Depository
Trust Company, Cedel Bank or Euroclear.  The Global Securities will be tradeable
as home market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic  markets.
Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in same-day funds.

        Secondary  market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through  Cedel Bank and  Euroclear  will be  conducted  in the  ordinary  way in
accordance  with their normal rules and operating  procedures  and in accordance
with conventional Eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

        Secondary  market trading between  investors  holding Global  Securities
through DTC will be conducted  according to the rules and procedures  applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior Asset-Backed Certificates issues.

        Secondary,  cross-market trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Notes will be effected on a delivery-against-payment  basis
through  the  respective  Depositaries  of  Cedel  Bank and  Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

     Non-U.S.  holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S.  withholding  taxes unless such holders  meet certain  requirements  and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing  organizations
or their participants.

Initial Settlement

        All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name
of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC  Investors'  interests in the Global  Securities
will be represented  through  financial  institutions  acting on their behalf of
their  participants  through their respective  Depositaries,  which in turn will
hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.

        Investors  electing  to hold their  Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow the settlement  practices  applicable to prior Asset-Backed  Certificates
issues.  Investor  securities  custody  accounts  will be  credited  with  their
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.

        Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel Bank or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  Eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

Secondary Market Trading

        Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish  at the time of the trade  where  both the  purchaser's  and  seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

        Trading between DTC  Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be settled using the  procedures  applicable to prior Student
Loan Asset-Backed Securities issues in same-day funds.

        Trading  between  Cedel Bank and/or  Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary
        market trading between Cedel Bank Participants or Euroclear Participants
        will  be  settled  using  the  procedures   applicable  to  conventional
        eurobonds in same-day funds.

    


                                       78
<PAGE>

   


         Trading between DTC Seller and Cedel Bank or Euroclear Purchaser.  When
 Global  Securities are to be transferred  from the account of a DTC Participant
 to the  account of a Cedel Bank  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the
 purchaser  will send  instructions  to Cedel Bank or Euroclear  through a Cedel
 Bank  Participant  or Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to
 settlement. Cedel Bank or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as
 the case may be, to receive the Global Securities against payment. Payment will
 include interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the last
 coupon payment date to and excluding the  settlement  date, on the basis of the
 actual  number of days in such accrual  period and a year assumed to consist of
 360 days,  or a 360-day  year of  twelve  30-day  months,  as  applicable.  For
 transactions  settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest
 accrued to and  excluding the first day of the  following  month.  Payment will
 then be made by the  respective  Depositary  of the DTC  Participant's  account
 against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been completed,
 the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing system and by
 the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedel Bank
 Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account.  The securities credit will
 appear the next day (European  time) and the cash debt will be back-valued  to,
 and the  interest on the Global  Securities  will accrue  from,  the value date
 (which would be the  preceding  day when  settlement  occurred in New York.) If
 settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),
 the Cedel Bank, or Euroclear  cash debt will be valued instead as of the actual
 settlement date.

         Cedel Bank  Participants and Euroclear  Participants  will need to make
 available to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
 same-day funds settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
 funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as
 they would for any settlement  occurring within Cedel Bank or Euroclear.  Under
 this  approach,  they may take on credit  exposure  to Cedel Bank or  Euroclear
 until the Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.

         As an  alternative,  if Cedel Bank or Euroclear  has extended a line of
 credit to them, Cedel Bank Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not
 to  preposition  funds and allow that  credit line to be drawn upon the finance
 settlement.   Under  this  procedure,  Cedel  Bank  Participants  or  Euroclear
 Participants purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one
 day,  assuming  they  cleared the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were
 credited to their accounts.  However,  interest on the Global  Securities would
 accrue from the value date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment income on
 the Global  Securities  earned  during that  one-day  period may  substantially
 reduce or offset the amount of such  overdraft  charges,  although  this result
 will  depend  on each  Cedel  Bank  Participant's  or  Euroclear  Participant's
 particular cost of funds.

         Since the  settlement is taking place during New York  business  hours,
 DTC   Participants  can  employ  their  usual  procedures  for  sending  Global
 Securities to the respective  European Depositary for the benefit of Cedel Bank
 Participants or Euroclear Participants.  The sale proceeds will be available to
 the  DTC  seller  on the  settlement  date.  Thus,  to the DTC  Participants  a
 cross-market  transaction  will settle no differently  than a trade between two
 DTC Participants.

         Trading between Cedel Bank or Euroclear  Seller and DTC Purchaser.  Due
 to time zone differences in their favor,  Cedel Bank Participants and Euroclear
 Participants  may employ their customary  procedures for  transactions in which
 Global Securities are to be transferred the respective clearing system, through
 the  respective  Depositary,  to  a  DTC  Participant.  The  seller  will  send
 instructions  to Cedel Bank or Euroclear  through a Cedel Bank  Participant  or
 Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to settlement.  In these
 cases Cedel Bank or Euroclear will instruct the Depositary, as appropriate,  to
 deliver the Global Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment.
 Payment  will  include  interest  accrued  on the  Global  Securities  from and
 including the last coupon payment to and excluding the  settlement  date on the
 basis of the actual number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to
 consist of 360 days, or a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months,  as applicable.
 For  transactions  settling  on the 31st of the  month,  payment  will  include
 interest  accrued to an excluding  the first day of the  following  month.  The
 payment will then be reflected in the account of the Cedel Bank  Participant or
 Euroclear  Participant  the following  day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in
 the Cedel  Bank  Participant's  or  Euroclear  Participant's  account  would be
 back-valued  to the  value  date  (which  would  be  the  preceding  day,  when
 settlement  occurred  in New  York).  Should  the  Cedel  Bank  Participant  or
 Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system
 and elect to be in debt in  anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its
 account,  the  back-valuation  will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that
 one-day  period.  If  settlement  is not  completed on the intended  value date
 (i.e.,  the trade  fails),  receipt  of the cash  proceeds  in the  Cedel  Bank
 Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account would instead be valued as of
 the actual settlement date.
    


                                       79
<PAGE>

   

         Finally, day traders that use Cedel Bank or Euroclear and that purchase
 Global Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Bank Participants
 or Euroclear  Participants  should note that these  trades would  automatically
 fail on the sale side unless  affirmative  action  were  taken.  At least three
 techniques should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

                (a) borrowing through Cedel Bank or Euroclear for one day (until
         the purchase  side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel Bank or
         Euroclear  accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary
         procedures;

                (b)  borrowing  the  Global  Securities  in the U.S.  from a DTC
         Participant no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give
         the Global  Securities  sufficient  time to be reflected in their Cedel
         Bank or  Euroclear  accounts  in order to  settle  the sale side of the
         trade; or

                (c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the
         trade so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC  Participant
         is at least one day  prior to the value  date for the sale to the Cedel
         Bank Participant or Euroclear Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

         A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  holding  securities  through
 Cedel Bank, or Euroclear  (or through DTC if the holder has an address  outside
 the  U.S.)  will be  subject  to the 30% U.S.  withholding  tax that  generally
 applies  to  payments  of  interest  (including  original  issue  discount)  on
 registered debt issued by U.S. Persons,  unless (i) each clearing system,  bank
 or other financial institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary
 course of its trade or business  in the chain of  intermediaries  between  such
 beneficial  owner and the U.S.  entity  required to withhold tax complies  with
 applicable certification  requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one
 of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate.

         Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
 Securities that are non-U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete  exemption from the
 withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If
 the information shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8 must be filed within
 30 days of such change.

         Exemption for non-U.S.  Persons with effectively connected income (Form
 4224). A non-U.S.  Person including a non-U.S.  corporation or bank with a U.S.
 branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
 of a trade or business in the United  States,  can obtain an exemption from the
 withholding  tax by filing  Form 4224  (Exemption  from  Withholding  of Tax on
 Income  Effectively  Connected  with the  Conduct of a Trade or Business in the
 United States).

         Exemption  or reduced  rate for  non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
 countries.  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons that are Note Owners  residing in a
 country that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or
 reduced  tax  rate  (depending  on  the  treaty  terms)  by  filing  Form  1001
 (Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only
 for a reduced  rate,  withholding  tax will be imposed at that rate  unless the
 filer  alternatively  files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Note Owners
 or his agent.
    




                                       80
<PAGE>

   


     Exemption for U.S.  Persons (Form W-9). U.S.  Persons can obtain a complete
exemption  from the  withholding  tax by filing  Form W-9  (Payer's  Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

         U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Note Owner of a Global
 Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,  files
 by submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through whom it holds (the
 clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding  directly on the books of the
 clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar years
 and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

         The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident of the United
 States,  (ii) a corporation  or  partnership,  or other entity taxable as such,
 organized  in or  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States  or  any  political
 subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is includible in gross
 income for United States tax purposes, regardless of its source or (iv) a trust
 other than a "Foreign  Trust," as defined in Section  7701(a)(31)  of the Code.
 This  summary  does not deal  with  all  aspects  of U.S.  Federal  income  tax
 withholding  that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global  Securities.
 Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice
 concerning their holding and disposing of the Global  Securities as well as the
 application  of  recently   issued   Treasury   regulations   relating  to  tax
 documentation  requirements  that  are  generally  effective  with  respect  to
 payments made after December 31, 1998.


    


                                       81
<PAGE>


   


                            [outside back cover page]


                                  $-----------


                                 Union Financial
                                Services-1, Inc.
                                     Issuer

                         Student Loan Asset-Backed Notes
                                   Series ____



                                   ----------

                     P R O S P E C T U S S U P P L E M E N T
                                   ----------


                            PaineWebber Incorporated
                                   Underwriter



                               ---------- --,----



 You  should  rely  only on the  information  contained  in or  incorporated  by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.

 We are not offering notes in any state where the offer is not permitted.

 We represent the accuracy of the information in this prospectus  supplement and
prospectus only as of the dates of their respective covers.

 Until  __________  __,  ____,  all dealers  that effect  transactions  in these
securities,  whether or not  participating in this offering,  may be required to
deliver a  prospectus  supplement  and  prospectus.  This is in  addition to the
dealers'  obligation  to deliver a prospectus  supplement  and  prospectus  when
acting  as  underwriters  and  with  respect  to  their  unsold   allotments  or
subscriptions.

                               [end of outside back cover page]
    


<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The  following  table  sets  forth  the  expenses  to be  borne  by  the
registrant, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the Offered Notes hereunder.

     SEC registration fee.......................     $______

     *Accounting fees and expenses..............       _____

     *Legal fees and expenses...................       _____

     *Printing costs............................       _____

     *Blue Sky fees and expenses................       _____

     *Trustee's fees............................       _____

     *Rating Agency fees........................       _____

     *Miscellaneous.............................       _____

             Total..............................      $_____


- --------------------
*Estimates  based on the  offering  of a single  Series of Offered  Notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $_____ million.


Item 15.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Chapter 78, Section  78.751 of the Nevada Revised  Statutes gives Nevada
corporations  broad powers to indemnify  their present and former  directors and
officers,  and those of affiliated  corporations and other enterprises,  against
expenses  incurred in the defense or settlement of any legal proceeding to which
they are made parties by reason of being such directors or officers,  subject to
specified  conditions  and  exclusions.  Section 78.751 also gives a director or
officer  who  successfully  defends  an action  the right to be so  indemnified.
Section 78.752  authorizes a Nevada  corporation to buy directors' and officers'
liability insurance.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>


        The registrant has adopted a bylaw which makes indemnification mandatory
under certain  circumstances for a person who was or is a party or is threatened
to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending  or  completed  action,  suit or
proceeding, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the
registrant or of affiliated corporations or other entities. Such persons must be
indemnified against reasonably  incurred expenses  (including  attorneys' fees),
judgments,  penalties,  fines and amounts paid in settlement if it is determined
in  accordance  with the  procedures  set forth in the bylaws  that such  person
conducted himself in good faith and that he reasonably  believed (a) in the case
of conduct in his official capacity with the registrant, that his conduct was in
the  registrant's  best  interest,  or (b) in all other cases  (except  criminal
cases),  that his  conduct  was at least not  opposed to the  registrant's  best
interests,  or (c) in  the  case  of any  criminal  proceeding,  that  he had no
reasonable  cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The registrant must also
indemnify  any such person who was wholly  successful  in defense of any action,
suit,  or  proceeding  as to which he was  entitled to  indemnification  against
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees) reasonably  incurred by him in connection
with the  proceeding.  No  indemnification  shall be made to such  persons  with
respect to any claim,  issue or matter in connection  with a proceeding by or in
the  right  of  registrant  in  which  the  person  is  adjudged  liable  to the
registrant,  or in  connection  with any  proceeding  charging  that the  person
derived an  improper  personal  benefit in which he was  adjudged  liable on the
basis that he derived an improper personal benefit.

        Pursuant  to  agreements  which  the  registrant  may  enter  into  with
underwriters  or  agents  (forms  of which  are  included  as  exhibits  to this
Registration  Statement),   officers  and  directors  of  the  registrant,   and
affiliates  thereof,  may be entitled to indemnification by such underwriters or
agents against certain liabilities,  including  liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended,  arising from  information  which has been furnished to
the registrant by such  underwriters  or agents that appear in the  Registration
Statement or any Prospectus.

Item 16.  Exhibits.

        The  following  is a  complete  list of  exhibits  filed  as part of the
Registration Statement. Exhibit numbers correspond to the numbers in the Exhibit
Table of Item 601 of Regulation S-K.

Exhibit No.  Description

   * 1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement

     4.1   Form of Indenture of Trust by and between  Registrant and Zions First
           National Bank, a national banking  association,  was previously filed
           as an Exhibit to this Registration Statement

   * 5.1   Opinion of Kutak Rock as to the validity of the Notes

   * 8.1   Opinion of Kutak Rock Regarding Tax Matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)


                                      II-2
<PAGE>


   10.1   Administrative Services Agreement,  dated as of August 1, 1996, by and
          between Union Financial Services, Inc. and the Registrant was filed as
          an  Exhibit to the  Registrant's  Registration  Statement  on Form S-3
          (File No. 333-28551) and is hereby incorporated by reference.

  10.1.1  Amendment to Administrative  Services Agreement dated as of November
          1, 1996, by and between the Registrant and Union  Financial  Services,
          Inc., was filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's Registration on Form
          S-3 (File No. 333-28551) and is hereby incorporated by reference.

   10.2   Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement dated as of June 19, 1996, by
          and between the  Registrant and Union Bank and Trust Company was filed
          as an Exhibit to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (File
          No. 333-28551) and is hereby incorporated by reference.

  10.2.1  Second Amended and Restated Servicing Agreement dated as of December
          18,  1998 by and  between  the  Registrant  and  Union  Bank and Trust
          Company was filed as an Exhibit to the Registrant's  current report on
          Form 8-K on January 6, 1999, as is hereby incorporated by reference.

 * 12.1   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

 * 23.1   Consent of Kutak Rock (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto)

 * 23.2   Consent of Ballard Spahr Andrews & Ingersoll, LLP

   24.1   Power of Attorney was included on the original  signature page of this
          Registration Statement

 * 24.2   Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, Independent Auditors

 * 25.1   Statement of Eligibility of Zions First National Bank, Trustee on
          Form T-1

 * To be filed by Pre-Effective Amendment.



Item 17.  Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) To file,  during any period in which offers or sales are being made,
a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement:


                                      II-3
<PAGE>


               (i)  To  include  any  prospectus  required by  section  10(a)(3)
        of  the Securities Act of 1933;

               (ii) To reflect  in the  prospectus  any facts or events  arising
        after the  effective  date of the  registration  statement  (or the most
        recent post-effective  amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the
        aggregate,  represent a fundamental  change in the information set forth
        in  the  registration  statement.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  any
        increase  or  decrease  in volume of  securities  offered  (if the total
        dollar  value of  securities  offered  would not  exceed  that which was
        registered)  any  deviation  from the low or high  end of the  estimated
        maximum  offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed
        with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the  aggregate,  the
        changes in volume and price  represent  no more than a 20% change in the
        maximum  aggregate  offering  price  set  forth in the  "Calculation  of
        Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

               (iii) To include any  material  information  with  respect to the
        plan  of  distribution  not  previously  disclosed  in the  registration
        statement or any material change to such information in the registration
        statement.

        (2) That,  for the  purpose of  determining  any  liability  under  the
        Securities Act of 1933,  each such post effective  amendment  shall  be
        deemed to be a new registration  statement  relating to the  securities
        offered  therein,  and the  offering of such  securities  at  that time
        shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (3) To remove from  registration by means of a post-effective  amendment
        any of the  securities  being  registered  which  remain  unsold  at the
        termination of the offering.

        The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  that for  purposes  of
determining any liability under the Act, each filing of the Registrant's  annual
report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(and, where applicable,  each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report
pursuant  to  Section  15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934)  that is
incorporated by reference in the registration  statement shall be deemed to be a
new registration  statement relating to the securities offered therein,  and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering thereof.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>


        Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the  Registrant  pursuant to the foregoing  provisions in Item 15, or otherwise,
the  Registrant  has been  advised  that in the  opinion of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission such  indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Act and is,  therefore,  unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling
person of the  Registrant  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will
be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability  under the Securities Act
or 1933, the  information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
this  registration  statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of  prospectus  filed by the  Registrant  pursuant to Rule  424(b)(l)  or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this  registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2) For the purpose of  determining  any  liability  under the Act, each
posteffective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be
a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such  securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona
fide offering hereof.

        The undersigned  Registrant hereby undertakes to file an application for
the  purpose  of  determining  the  eligibility  of the  trustee  to  act  under
subsection  (a) of Section 310 of the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as amended
(the  "Trust  Indenture  Act"),  in  accordance  with the rules and  regulations
prescribed by the  Commission  under Section  305(b) (2) of the Trust  Indenture
Act.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>


                                   SIGNATURES

        Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this registration
statement  to be  signed  on its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in the City of Phoenix, State of Arizona, on May 3, 1999.


                              UNION FINANCIAL SERVICES-1, INC.,
                              a Nevada corporation



                               By  /s/ Stephen F. Butterfield
                                ------------------------------------------
                                      Stephen F. Butterfield, President


        Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
registration  statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

           Signature                          Title                    Date
- --------------------------------- ------------------------------- --------------

                                  Chairman of the Board            May 3, 1999
*-------------------------------  (Principal Executive Officer)
Michael S. Dunlap


 /s/ Stephen F. Butterfield       President and Director            May 3, 1999
- --------------------------------
Stephen F. Butterfield


 /s/ Ronald W. Page               Vice-President, Secretary,        May 3, 1999
- -------------------------------   Treasurer and Director
Ronald W. Page                    (Principal Financial and
                                  Accounting Officer)


*-----------------------------   Director                          May 3, 1999
Ross Wilcox



*-----------------------------   Director                          May 3, 1999
Dr. Paul Hoff

* Stephen F.  Butterfield and Ronald W. Page by signing their  respective  names
hereto,  sign this document on behalf of Messrs.  Dunlap,  Wilcox and Dr. Hoff ,
indicated  above,  pursuant to a power of attorney duly executed by such persons
and  previously  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  with this
Registration Statement.

                                      II-6



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission